Duck Creek (DCT) 424B4 Prospectus supplement with pricing info

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333-240050

Prospectus

15,000,000 Shares

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. We are offering 15 million shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is $27.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock.

We intend to use (i) $43.1 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to redeem all of the outstanding limited partnership units (“LP Units”) of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”) held by certain of the Existing Holders (as defined below) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, which includes $43.1 million paid to Accenture (as defined below), after giving effect to the contributions that are part of the Reorganization Transactions (as defined below), (ii) $64.7 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repurchase from Apax (as defined below) a portion of the shares of common stock of the Company that will be received by Apax in the Reorg Merger (as defined below) and (iii) $6.3 million of net proceeds that we receive from this offering to cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and other strategic transactions and to repay any amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility (but not a permanent reduction of any commitments thereunder).

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 2,250,000 shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

One or more entities affiliated with, advised by or that serve as investment adviser to certain of our existing investors, (i) Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC (“Dragoneer”), (ii) Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and (iii) Insight Venture Management, LLC (“Insight”), have indicated non-binding interest in purchasing up to $50 million, $25 million and $25 million, respectively, in shares of our common stock being offered in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because none of these indications of interest are an agreement or commitment by such entities to purchase shares, one or more of these entities may ultimately choose to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any of our shares of common stock purchased by one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and/or Insight as they will from any other shares of common stock sold to the public in this offering.

Following this offering, we will have one class of authorized common stock. Holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own approximately 11.7% of our common stock (or approximately 13.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), funds advised by Apax Partners L.P., a global private equity firm (collectively, with its affiliates, “Apax”), will own approximately 33.7% of our common stock (or approximately 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) and Accenture will own approximately 22.5% of our common stock (or approximately 22.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). After the completion of this offering, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market (“NASDAQ”). See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transaction—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Our common stock has been approved for listing on NASDAQ under the symbol “DCT.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, will be subject to certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about certain factors you should consider before buying our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per Share		Total
Initial public offering price	$	27.0000	$	405,000,000.00
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)	$	1.6875	$	25,312,500.00
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	25.3125	$	379,687,500.00

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on or about August 18, 2020.

(Lead bookrunners listed in alphabetical order)

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC	J.P. Morgan
BofA Securities

Barclays RBC Capital Markets

JMP Securities Needham & Company Stifel William Blair

D.A. Davidson & Co Raymond James Loop Capital Markets

Prospectus dated August 13, 2020

The leading SaaS platform for the property & casualty insurance industry

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	23
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	57
Organizational Structure	59
Use of Proceeds	62
Dividend Policy	63
Capitalization	64
Dilution	66
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information	67
Selected Consolidated Financial Data	75
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	76
Letter from Michael Jackowski, Chief Executive Officer	102
Business	104
Management	121
Executive Compensation	128
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions	138
Principal Stockholders	143
Description of Capital Stock	146
Shares Eligible for Future Sale	151
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders	153
Underwriting	156
Legal Matters	163
Experts	163
Where You Can Find Additional Information	164
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-1

Through and including September 7, 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf that we have referred you to. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have authorized for use with respect to this offering. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you or any representation that others may make to you. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state, country or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sales of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may have changed since the date of the applicable document.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “Duck Creek” and similar terms refer to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity immediately following the Reorganization Transactions. See “—About this Prospectus—Basis of Presentation” for additional terms and the basis for certain information used herein. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “fiscal” refers to the fiscal year ended August 31 of that year.

Our Mission

We empower property and casualty insurance carriers to transform their information technology, business practices, insurance products, and customer experiences, making their organizations stronger and their customers safer and more satisfied. The SaaS solutions we provide are helping to modernize one of the most important industries in the world and, ultimately, revolutionizing insurance for the greater good.

Company Overview

We are the leading Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) provider of core systems for the P&C insurance industry. We have achieved our leadership position by combining over twenty years of deep domain expertise with the differentiated SaaS capabilities and low-code configurability of our technology platform. We believe we are the first company to provide carriers with an end-to-end suite of enterprise-scale core system software that is purpose-built as a SaaS solution. Our product portfolio is built on our modern technology foundation, the Duck Creek Platform, and works cohesively to improve the operational efficiency of carriers’ core processes (policy administration, claims management and billing) as well as other critical functions. The Duck Creek Platform enables our customers to be agile and rapidly capitalize on market opportunities, while reducing their total cost of technology ownership.

The core business functions of carriers are complex and data intensive, requiring large ongoing investments in domain specific technology. Heightened end-user expectations, increased competition, and new and evolving risks pose new challenges for carriers, creating the need for software that fosters agility, innovation and speed to market. However, a large portion of the P&C insurance market continues to rely on legacy technology systems that are costly and inefficient to maintain, difficult to upgrade, and lacking in functional flexibility. In recent years, some carriers have turned to newer alternatives to legacy systems. These systems have been designed for on-premise environments and lack the inherent benefits of purpose-built SaaS solutions, perpetuating the limitations, inflexibility and cost of legacy systems. By contrast, our SaaS solutions, offered through Duck Creek OnDemand, accelerate carriers’ agility and speed to market by enabling rapid, low-code product development, and protecting carriers’ unique content configurations and integrations while providing upgrades and updates via continuous delivery. We have developed a substantial SaaS customer base and believe that we have established a meaningful first-mover advantage by demonstrating the superiority of SaaS solutions for core systems in the P&C insurance industry. We began offering SaaS solutions for core systems in the P&C insurance industry in 2013 and signed our first customer in 2014.

Our deep understanding of the P&C insurance industry has enabled us to develop a single, unified suite of insurance software products that is tailored to address the key challenges faced by carriers. Our solutions

1

promote carriers’ nimbleness by enabling rapid integration and streamlining the ability to capture, access and utilize data more effectively. The Duck Creek Suite includes several products that support the P&C insurance process lifecycle, such as:

• Duck Creek Policy: enables carriers to develop and launch new insurance products and manage all aspects of policy administration, from product definition to quoting, binding and servicing

• Duck Creek Billing: supports fundamental payment and invoicing capabilities (such as billing and collections, commission processing, disbursement management and general ledger capabilities) for all insurance lines and bill types

• Duck Creek Claims: supports the entire claims lifecycle from first notice of loss (“FNOL”) through investigation, payments, negotiations, reporting and closure

• In addition, we offer other innovative solutions, which provide additional features and functionalities

Our customers purchase and deploy Duck Creek OnDemand, our SaaS solution, either individually or as a suite. Historically, we have also sold our products through perpetual and term license arrangements, substantially all of which include maintenance and support arrangements. We offer professional services, primarily related to implementation of our products, in connection with both our SaaS solutions and perpetual and term license arrangements. Substantially all of our new bookings come from the sale of SaaS subscriptions of Duck Creek OnDemand. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, SaaS ACV bookings represented 48%, 71% and 86% of our total ACV bookings, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, SaaS ACV bookings represented 82% and 95% of our total ACV bookings, respectively.

Our customer base is comprised of a range of carriers, including some of the largest companies in the P&C insurance industry, such as Progressive, Liberty Mutual, AIG, The Hartford, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance, GEICO and Munich Re Specialty Insurance, as well as regional carriers, such as UPC, Coverys, Avant Mutual, IAT Insurance Group and Mutual Benefit Group. We have over 150 insurance customers worldwide, including the top five North American carriers.

We have a broad partner ecosystem that includes third-party solution partners who provide complementary capabilities as well as system integrators (“SIs”) who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. These partnerships help us grow our business more efficiently by enhancing our sales force through co-marketing efforts and giving us scale to service our growing customer base. We maintain longstanding partnerships with leading SIs, such as Accenture, Capgemini and Cognizant, as well as leading technology companies, such as Microsoft and Salesforce, and Insurtech start-ups, such as Arity, SPLICE Software, and Cape Analytics.

Our subscription revenues have grown significantly in recent years, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our business. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we generated subscription revenues of $56 million, an increase of 32% compared to subscription revenues of $42 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, we generated subscription revenues of $59 million, an increase of 49% compared to subscription revenues of $40 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019. We generated total revenues of $171 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, an increase of 7% compared to total revenues of $160 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, and we generated total revenues of $153 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, an increase of 24% compared to total revenues of $123 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019. We have made significant investments in our software platform and sales and marketing organization, and incurred net losses of $17 million and $8 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and $8 million and $14 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information.

2

P&C Insurance Industry Overview

The P&C insurance industry is large, complex and highly regulated. In 2018, the industry serviced approximately $2.4 trillion of DWP spanning thousands of carriers globally. In addition to being one of the largest global industries, we believe it is also one of the most resilient. For a majority of businesses and consumers, insurance is a necessity rather than an amenity. As a result, overall spend on insurance products has continued to grow steadily over the long-term, even across periods of economic volatility.

Core systems, including policy, billing and claims, power carriers’ critical operations. Core systems house the insurance product structure, such as rates, rules and forms, and generate data that allows the actuarial and underwriting staff of carriers to continuously modify and improve product offerings and provide more personalized customer service. They also manage the claims lifecycle, from first notice of loss to settlement. In addition, core systems integrate with agent and broker portals, operational data stores and data warehouses as well as business intelligence and analytics systems.

It is not uncommon for a single carrier to use multiple vendors (or internally developed applications) to provide core systems for different insurance lines or geographies, or for discrete core system processes (e.g., policy, billing, claims) within a single insurance line and geography. A carrier may use our software for certain parts of its business, and deploy solutions from different vendors for other parts of its business. As a result, we have a market opportunity to both achieve greater penetration within our existing customer base as well as increase our customer base by servicing new customers who are not currently using our products. The following diagram provides a framework for understanding the multifaceted processes of carriers:

Our Market Opportunity

Carriers invest substantial time and resources to develop and maintain their information technology (“IT”) operations. We estimate that our total addressable market, representing the portion of this spending that is focused specifically on core system software, is approximately $6 billion in the United States and $15 billion globally. To estimate our total addressable market, we categorized the P&C insurance market into tiers based on DWP per carrier as reported by S&P Global, A.M. Best and Swiss Re, both within the United States and globally. We then estimated average price per DWP for our core systems solutions, accounting for tiered price discounts at different tiers, and multiplied the price per DWP by the total amount of DWP at each tier available both in the United States and globally.

3

Challenges Facing the P&C Insurance Industry and the Limitations of Legacy Systems

We believe reliance on legacy systems and other systems designed for on-premise environments limit carriers’ ability to respond to many of the significant challenges facing their industry, including:

• Heightened end-user expectations

• Increased competition in the marketplace

• New and evolving risks

• Increased size of losses in assets and the number of catastrophic events

• The rise of the Internet of Things (“IoT”)

• Emerging capabilities and advancing technologies

These challenges are placing increased pressure on insurance carriers to improve consumer experience, business agility and speed to market. However, many carriers rely on legacy systems or alternatives designed for on-premise environments that are difficult to change, update or integrate without significant incremental custom-code development. Carriers relying upon these systems are generally unable to manage and analyze data at the pace required to effectively guide operational and risk decisions. These systems are difficult to update without significant IT spend and efforts, resulting in higher operating costs and slower speed to market for carriers.

We believe that carriers will increasingly look to adopt SaaS solutions, like Duck Creek OnDemand, that are designed to enhance their organizational agility, product innovation and consumer experience, allowing them to react quickly to evolving consumer preferences and efficiently capture market opportunity, while reducing their total cost of ownership. According to an October 2019 Novarica survey, more than 60% of insurance carriers plan to expand their migration of applications to the cloud in 2020.

The Duck Creek Approach

Our solutions provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage by helping our customers overcome the limitations of existing systems to meet the challenges of the current P&C insurance industry.

4

• Deep domain expertise. With more than twenty years of operating experience in the P&C insurance industry, we have developed deep industry-specific domain expertise. This enables us to offer a broad range of integrated solutions embedded with smart, intuitive pre-built functionality, designed to meet the precise use-case requirements of carriers.

• Comprehensive, future-ready offerings. Our comprehensive suite of enterprise-scale core system software is comprised of leading applications that are designed to meet the full range of our customers’ needs. We deliver upgrades that can be applied across our suite, improving common functionality across our customers’ systems. We continuously update industry content, allowing our customers to efficiently keep pace with market and regulatory changes.

• Scalability to all carriers. Our solutions are designed to meet the most complex and sophisticated technology needs of the largest carriers, but can also be scaled to cost-effectively serve the needs of smaller carriers.

• Low-code configurability. Using low-code tools designed for ease, speed and accuracy, both technical and non-technical users can tailor our solutions to meet their business needs. These intuitive tools allow our customers to create new products and make changes to existing products and related workflows without custom coding, accelerating their speed to market and improving productivity.

• Differentiated SaaS architecture. Our technical architecture is designed to keep our customers’ content configuration and business rules separated from our primary Duck Creek application and platform code. This framework allows continuous delivery of updates and upgrades to our software without disrupting a carrier’s specific business rules and definitions. By contrast, existing legacy systems and alternatives to legacy systems designed for on-premise environments typically require costly and disruptive system-wide re-coding and testing projects with each upgrade cycle.

• Open architecture. Our Duck Creek Anywhere integration strategy provides fast, easy access to the third-party data and services that customers need, all designed to enable our customers to efficiently leverage the services that best match their strategy.

• Unique insights. We enable carriers to use data as a strategic asset. Using Duck Creek Insights, carriers are able to efficiently gather a consolidated picture of their business across internal and third-party data sources, deliver critical information to execute business decisions and employ new methods of automated decision making.

• Mission-focused organization. We are driven by our mission to empower carriers to extend and improve the coverage they provide to their customers and to enhance the end-user experience. Our strong culture and organizational ethos, coupled with a management team that has decades of leadership in the insurance software industry and is actively involved in the development of our products, drives our company to continue to innovate and deliver high-quality solutions to our customers.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to extend our position as the leading provider of SaaS solutions for the core systems of the P&C insurance industry. The key components of our strategy are:

• Growing our customer base. We believe there is substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base across the P&C insurance industry. We are investing in our sales and marketing force, specifically targeting key accounts and leveraging current customers as references. For each of fiscal 2018 and 2019, our win rate for new SaaS opportunities was approximately 60%, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, our win rate for new SaaS opportunities was approximately 67%.

• Deepening relationships with our existing customers. We have deep engagement with our customers; on average, each of our customers uses 2.7 of our products, with each SaaS customer using 4.9 of our products. In addition to pursuing new customers, we intend to leverage our track record of success with our existing customers by selling additional products and targeting new opportunities within these carriers.

5

• Expanding our partner ecosystem. We have a large and expanding network of partnerships that is comprised of third-party solution partners who provide complementary capabilities as well as third-party SIs who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. We intend to extend our network of partners who are able to drive meaningful interest in, and adoption of, our products.

• Continuing to innovate and add new solutions. We have made significant investments in research and development and intend to continue to do so. We are focused on enhancing the functionality and breadth of our current solutions as well as developing and launching new products and tools to address the evolving needs of the P&C insurance industry.

• Broadening our geographical presence. We believe there is significant need for our solutions on a global basis and, accordingly, opportunity for us to grow our business through further international expansion. We are broadening our global footprint and intend to establish a presence in additional international markets.

• Transitioning our term and perpetual license customers to SaaS. Some of our customers use versions of our solutions that were purchased via perpetual or term licenses and typically are installed on-premise. We will seek to transition these customers to our current SaaS solutions, which we believe will generate increased long-term economic value.

• Pursuing acquisitions. We have acquired and successfully integrated several businesses complementary to our own to enhance our software and technology capabilities. We intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions that further complement our product portfolio or provide us access to new markets.

Recent Developments

On November 13, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 31,059,222 Class E Preferred Units to Drake DF Holdings, LP, an entity affiliated with Dragoneer, Insight and certain accounts and funds advised by Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC in a private offering for $90.0 million. On November 27, 2019, the Operating Partnership used $72.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 14,908,429 Class A Units and 9,938,949 Class B Units held by Apax and Accenture, respectively. On November 27, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 10,353,074 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million. On November 29, 2019, the Operating Partnership used $26.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 5,383,600 Class A Units and 3,589,064 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively. On February 18, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 27,199,913 Class E Preferred Units to certain accredited investors in a private offering for $90.0 million. On February 26, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 3,022,213 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $10.0 million. On February 27, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $100.0 million of the proceeds from the February 18, 2020 and February 26, 2020 sales to redeem 18,133,278 Class A Units and 12,088,848 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively. On June 5, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 50,603,459 Class E Preferred Units to certain accredited investors in a private offering for $200.0 million. On June 8, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 7,590,517 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million. On June 8, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $200.0 million of the proceeds from the sales on June 5, 2020 and June 8, 2020 to redeem 30,362,073 Class A Units and 20,241,374 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Sale of Class E Preferred Units.”

On October 2, 2019, we amended certain of the financial covenants and extended our revolving credit facility for two years to a maturity date of October 2, 2021.

6

COVID-19 Update

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. In January 2020, COVID-19 spread to other countries, including the United States and others in which we operate, and efforts to contain the spread of COVID-19 intensified. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. The outbreak and certain preventative or protective actions that governments, businesses and individuals have taken in respect of COVID-19 have resulted in extended global business disruptions. The severity and duration of these business disruptions remain largely fluid and ultimately will depend on many factors, including the speed and effectiveness of containment efforts throughout the world.

In March 2020, we implemented various measures to ensure the safety of our employees, customers and suppliers. Over a two day period, we shifted 100% of our employee base to work from home. Additionally, our operational model has enabled us to minimize the impact to sales productivity or delivery of our solutions to customers to date. Since shifting to working remotely, we have successfully completed several product live launches and initiated new projects applying a fully virtual model.

While the full impact of COVID-19 remains unknown and COVID-19 has impacted certain companies’ decisions regarding technology spending, we have not experienced a material disruption on our bookings or sales to date. During the three months ended May 31, 2020, we generated growth of 9% in total revenue, 43% in subscription revenue and 76% in SaaS ARR as compared to the comparable period in 2019. Our ability to grow revenue within our existing customer accounts has remained strong, with a SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate of 113% for the quarter ended May 31, 2020. Additionally, we generated net cash provided by operating activities of $18.8 million and Free Cash Flow of $17.5 million for the three months ended May 31, 2020, compared to $6.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively, for the three months ended May 31, 2019. However, due to COVID-19 we delayed certain of our planned investments, primarily related to our international expansion initiatives and restricted hiring in the short-term to revenue critical roles.

As of June 30, 2020, we had $82.6 million of liquidity, including $53.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $29.0 million of availability under our revolving credit facility.

The magnitude of the effect of COVID-19 on our business will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions (including the effects of recently announced “re-opening” plans following a recent slowdown of the virus infection rate in certain countries and localities) and other limitations on our ability to conduct our business in the ordinary course. The longer the pandemic continues or resurges, the more severe the impacts described above will be on our business. In addition, because COVID-19 did not begin to affect our financial results until after the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2020, its impact on our results for the three months ended May 31, 2020 may not be indicative of its impact on our results for the remainder of fiscal 2020 or future periods. The extent, length and consequences of the pandemic are uncertain and impossible to predict, but could be material. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 outbreak, could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.”

Relationship with Apax

Apax is one of the world’s leading private equity investment groups. Apax operates globally and has more than 43 years of investing experience. As of December 31, 2018, Apax has raised private equity funds totaling $50 billion. Funds advised by Apax invest in companies across its global sectors of Tech & Telecom, Retail & Consumer, Media, Healthcare and Financial & Business Services. These funds provide long-term equity financing to build and strengthen world-class companies. Upon the completion of this offering, Apax will own approximately 33.7% of our common stock (or approximately 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).

7

Certain Agreements with Our Existing Investors

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement to be entered into prior to the consummation of this offering in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be required to take all necessary action to cause our board of directors to include individuals designated by Apax and Accenture pursuant to certain ownership thresholds. Apax and Accenture, individually, will be required to vote all of their shares, and take all other necessary actions, to cause our board of directors to include the individuals designated as directors by Apax and Accenture (as applicable). Accordingly, after the completion of this offering, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of shares of our common stock with respect to the election of our directors.

Following the completion of this offering, we will also have a registration rights agreement that will provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with certain of the Existing Holders.

For a description of these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Summary Risk Factors

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, among others, that:

• the global COVID-19 outbreak and the public health measures undertaken to contain the spread have, and continue to, result in global business disruptions that may adversely affect us, our customers and SI partners, which could ultimately impact our own financial performance;

• we have a history of losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future;

• changes in our product revenue mix and gross margins as we continue to focus on sales of our SaaS solutions will cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows between periods;

• we rely on orders and renewals from a relatively small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue and our large customers have substantial negotiating leverage;

• our growth strategy focused on SaaS solutions may prove unsuccessful and if we are unable to develop or sell our existing SaaS solutions into new markets or further penetrate existing markets, our revenue may not grow as expected;

• we may not effectively manage our growth of operations;

• we face intense competition in our market;

• third parties may assert that we are infringing or violating their intellectual property rights;

• U.S. and global market and economic conditions may materially impact our operations;

• we will likely face additional complexity, burdens and volatility in connection with our international sales and operations;

• our sales and implementation are lengthy and variable, which could cause us to expend significant time and resources before generating any income;

• we may experience data breaches, unauthorized access to customer data or other disruptions in connection with our solutions;

• control of our Company by Apax and Accenture may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interests; and

8

• after the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ and, as a result, will qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

• not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

• only two years of audited financial statements are required in addition to any required interim financial statements, and correspondingly reduced disclosure in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; and

• (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

We have availed ourselves in this prospectus of the reduced reporting requirements described above. We expect to continue to avail ourselves of the emerging growth company exemptions described above for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, the information that we provide to stockholders will be less comprehensive than what you might receive from other public companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards.

Corporate Information

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 15, 2019. We are a newly formed corporation, have no material assets and have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with our incorporation and with the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions.” The address of our principal executive offices is currently 22 Boston Wharf Road, Floor 10, Boston, MA, 02210 and our phone number is (888) 724-3509. Our website is currently www.duckcreek.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

9

Our Structure

Concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of this offering, we will execute a series of transactions, which we refer to herein as the “Reorganization Transactions” (as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions”).

Immediately following this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom:

• our common stock will be held as follows: 15,000,000 shares by investors in this offering, 43,282,953 shares by Apax, and 28,855,302 shares by Accenture; and

• the combined voting power in the Company will be as follows: (i) 11.7% by investors in this offering (or 13.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full); (ii) 33.7% by Apax (or 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full); and (iii) 22.5% by Accenture (or 22.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).

10

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Basis of Presentation

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will effect certain Reorganization Transactions. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. See “Organizational Structure” in this prospectus for a description of the Reorganization Transactions. Our fiscal year ends on August 31. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “fiscal” refers to the fiscal year ended August 31 of that year. For example, references to “fiscal 2019” refer to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Any reference to a year not preceded by “fiscal” refers to a calendar year. Certain amounts, percentages and other figures presented in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals, dollars or percentage amounts of changes may not represent the arithmetic summation or calculation of the figures that precede them. When we state that we are the leading SaaS provider of core systems for the P&C insurance industry, we are basing our leadership on our subscription revenue for fiscal 2019.

As used throughout this prospectus, the following terms have the meanings or are calculated as set forth below:

• We define “subscription revenue” as the revenue derived from the sale of our SaaS solutions through recurring fee arrangements for the period indicated.

• We define annual contract value (“ACV”) as the committed total contract value of new software sales in dollar terms divided by the corresponding minimum number of committed months, with the resultant minimum monthly commitment being multiplied by twelve.

• We define “carriers” as property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance carriers.

• We define “carve-out” as our divestiture from Accenture plc, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland (collectively, with its affiliates, “Accenture”), in August 2016.

• We define “core systems” as the following key functions of carriers: policy administration, claims management and billing.

• We define “customers” as buying entities that contract individually for our products and services. For example, multiple subsidiaries of a single carrier may each constitute a customer if each entity contracts with us separately. By contrast, an carrier that uses our products across multiple subsidiaries under a single enterprise license agreement would constitute a single customer.

• We define direct written premiums (“DWP”) as the gross dollar value of total premiums paid to carriers by policyholders.

• We define the “Existing Holders” as the direct equity holders of the Operating Partnership immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions, including Apax and Accenture.

• Munich Re Specialty Insurance (“MRSI”) is a description for the insurance business operations of affiliated companies in the Munich Re Group that share a common directive to offer and deliver specialty property and casualty insurance products and services in North America.

• We calculate our win rate by dividing (i) the total number of new deals we contract in a fiscal year by (ii) the total number of newly contracted deals in the overall U.S. P&C insurance market, which includes deals in which we did not compete, based on our internal research.

Market and Industry Data

Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus has been obtained from third party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications, and third party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. We have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is

11

subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. We use our Duck Creek trademark and related design marks in this prospectus. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^®, TM or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We report our financial results in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”); however, management believes evaluating the Company’s ongoing operating results may be enhanced if investors have additional non-GAAP financial measures. Specifically, management reviews Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, Non-GAAP Gross Margin, Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income, each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure, to manage our business, make planning decisions, evaluate our performance and allocate resources and, for the reasons described below, considers them to be effective indicators, for both management and investors, of our financial performance over time.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, Non-GAAP Gross Margin, Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income help investors and analysts in comparing our results across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, the analysis of other GAAP financial measures, including net income and cash flows from operating activities. For example, with respect to Adjusted EBITDA, some of these limitations include:

• it does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

• it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• it does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

• it does not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and

• although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

These non-GAAP financial measures are not universally consistent calculations, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. Other companies may calculate similarly titled financial measures differently than we do or may not calculate them at all. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures are not measurements of financial performance or liquidity under GAAP. In order to facilitate a clear understanding of our consolidated historical operating results, you should examine our non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction with our historical combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

12

For definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, Non-GAAP Gross Margin, Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income and a reconciliation of each such non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Information.”

13

THE OFFERING

Issuer	Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.
Common stock offered by us	15,000,000 shares (or 17,250,000 shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering	128,437,830 shares (or 130,687,830 shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock	We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 2,250,000 additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”
Use of Proceeds	We will receive net proceeds of approximately $373.2 million (or approximately $430.1 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) from the sale of the common stock by us and after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We intend to use (i) $43.1 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership retained by certain of the Existing Holders, after giving effect to the contributions that are part of the Reorganization Transactions, which includes $43.1 million paid to Accenture, as described under “Organizational Structure,” at a redemption price per LP Unit equal to the initial public offering price of this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (ii) $64.7 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repurchase from Apax a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger at a repurchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and (iii) $6.3 million of net proceeds that we receive from this offering to cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees. For additional information, see “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Reorganization Transactions.” We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and other strategic transactions and to repay any amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility (but not a permanent reduction of any commitments thereunder). See “Use of Proceeds.”

14

Voting

Each share of our common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Upon the completion of this offering, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own approximately 11.7% of our common stock and will have approximately 11.7% of the voting power in Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (or approximately 13.2% and 13.2%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), Apax will own approximately 33.7% of our common stock and will have approximately 33.7% of the voting power in Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (or approximately 33.1% and 33.1%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), and Accenture will own approximately 22.5% of our common stock and will have approximately 22.5% of the voting power in Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (or approximately 22.1% and 22.1%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of shares of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transaction—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Dividends

We do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and any funds we receive from our subsidiaries. Certain of our debt agreements limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

15

Stockholders’ Agreement	Following the completion of this offering, we will have a stockholders’ agreement with Accenture and Apax that will provide certain rights to Accenture and Apax. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Registration Rights Agreement	Following the completion of this offering, we will have a registration rights agreement with Apax, Accenture and certain of our other Existing Holders whereby, following this offering and the expiration of the related 180-day lock-up period, we may be required to register under the Securities Act the sale of shares of our common stock issued to such Existing Holders immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Indications of Interest	One or more entities affiliated with or advised by or that serve as investment adviser to certain of our existing investors, including (i) Dragoneer, (ii) Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and (iii) Insight have indicated non-binding interests in purchasing up to an aggregate of up to $50 million, $25 million and $25 million, respectively, in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Because none of these indications of interest are an agreement or commitment by such entities to purchase, one or more of these entities may choose to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or seek to purchase additional shares. The underwriters will receive the same discount from any of our shares of common stock purchased by one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and/or Insight as they will from any other shares of common stock sold to the public in this offering.
Reserved Share Program	At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., an underwriter in this offering, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, approximately 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”

16

NASDAQ Symbol	“DCT.”
Risk Factors	See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering excludes:

• 1,858,441 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of Class D incentive units to be issued under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with the completion of this offering;

• 1,803,280 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with the completion of this offering at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant;

• 960,523 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards to be issued under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with the completion of this offering; and

• 5,232,274 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes the following:

• no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares;

• the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

• the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions.

17

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table presents the selected consolidated financial information of the Operating Partnership for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The Operating Partnership is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial information will be our consolidated financial information following this offering. The summary historical financial data of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. has not been presented because Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. is a newly incorporated entity and has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and initial capitalization.

The summary consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows data for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from the audited financial statements of the Operating Partnership included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows data for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2020 have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Operating Partnership included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full fiscal year. You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with the information included under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Year Ended August 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands, except per share data)	2017		2018		2019		2019			2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
Revenue
Subscription	$	33,453	$	42,451	$	55,909	$	39,932		$	59,368
License		25,457		20,969		13,776		9,539			5,431
Maintenance and support		22,650		26,034		23,896		18,098			17,791
Professional services		75,161		70,215		77,692		55,785			70,760
Total revenue		156,721		159,669		171,273		123,354			153,350
Cost of revenue
Subscription		17,028		22,272		24,199		16,988			24,871
License		2,402		2,121		1,970		1,467			1,347
Maintenance and support		1,913		2,456		2,781		2,171			2,475
Professional services		42,057		37,483		43,228		31,304			38,839
Total cost of revenue		63,400		64,332		72,178		51,930			67,532
Gross margin		93,321		95,337		99,095		71,424			85,818
Operating expenses
Research and development		42,815		36,056		35,936		26,339			29,424
Sales and marketing		30,725		34,158		40,189		29,962			33,539
General and administrative		39,262		30,670		36,493		27,074			29,916
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828		801		628		(212	)		21
Transaction expenses of acquirer		220		—		—		—			—
Total operating expense		116,850		101,685		113,246		83,163			92,900

18

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands, except per share data)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Loss from operations		(23,529	)		(6,348	)		(14,151	)		(11,739	)		(7,082	)
Other income (expense), net		77			(533	)		(565	)		(312	)		(96	)
Interest expense, net		(330	)		(567	)		(1,030	)		(1,015	)		(386	)
Loss before income taxes		(23,782	)		(7,448	)		(15,746	)		(13,066	)		(7,564	)
Provision for income taxes		1,008			354			1,150			1,007			889
Net loss	$	(24,790	)	$	(7,802	)	$	(16,896	)	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(1):
Basic and Diluted							$	(0.15	)				$	(0.07	)
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(1):
Basic and Diluted								111,052,080						114,093,671
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(11,869	)	$	11,833		$	14,833		$	(2,259	)	$	8,247
Net cash used in investing activities		(4,042	)		(8,594	)		(19,911	)		(13,786	)		(5,604	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		759			(901	)		3,198			12,000			4,553
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end)
Cash and cash equivalents				$	13,879		$	11,999					$	19,195
Total current assets					49,100			58,514						72,811
Total assets					449,237			467,277						496,873
Total current liabilities					41,382			59,890						72,663
Total liabilities					47,370			78,211						100,029
Total redeemable partners’ interest					401,867			389,066						396,844
Other Financial Data and Key Metrics
Adjusted EBITDA(2)	$	(1,124	)	$	13,659		$	6,829		$	3,237		$	8,880
Free Cash Flow(3)		(13,399	)		3,239			6,563			(6,231	)		2,643
Non-GAAP Gross Margin(4)		98,022			100,092			103,927			75,042			89,698
Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations(5)		(2,524	)		11,744			4,431			1,507			6,530
Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income(6)		(9,456	)		5,405			(3,331	)		(4,403	)		1,484
SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate(7)		—			107%			114%			118%			113%
SaaS ARR(8)		21,346			30,138			51,650			43,202			75,848

(1) See Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 17 to our unaudited financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to the Company.

(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to net loss as a measure of operating performance or as a measure of liquidity. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, net; other (income) expense, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation of property and equipment; amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; share-based compensation expense; and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

19

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Net loss	$	(24,790	)	$	(7,802	)	$	(16,896	)	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Provision for income taxes		1,008			354			1,150			1,007			889
Other (income) expense, net		(77	)		533			565			312			96
Interest expense, net		330			567			1,030			1,015			386
Depreciation of property and equipment		1,400			1,915			2,398			1,730			2,350
Amortization of intangible assets		15,503			15,552			15,884			11,964			11,982
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software		—			—			—			—			205
Share-based compensation expense		1,674			1,739			2,070			1,494			1,404
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828			801			628			(212	)		21
Adjusted EBITDA	$	(1,124	)	$	13,659		$	6,829		$	3,237		$	8,880

(3) Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities as a measure of cash generated by operating activities. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, less purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized internal use software. For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

A reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(11,869	)	$	11,833		$	14,833		$	(2,259	)	$	8,247
Purchases of property and equipment		(1,530	)		(7,138	)		(5,314	)		(1,797	)		(3,164	)
Capitalized internal-use software		—			(1,456	)		(2,956	)		(2,175	)		(2,440	)
Free Cash Flow	$	(13,399	)	$	3,239		$	6,563		$	(6,231	)	$	2,643

(4) Non-GAAP Gross Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to gross margin as a measure of operating performance. We define Non-GAAP Gross Margin as GAAP gross margin before the portion of share-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets and amortization of capitalized internal-use software that is included in cost of revenue. For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

20

A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Gross Margin to gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017		2018		2019		2019		2020
Gross margin	$	93,321	$	95,337	$	99,095	$	71,424	$	85,818
Share-based compensation expense		228		233		152		101		116
Amortization of intangible assets		4,473		4,522		4,680		3,517		3,559
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software		—		—		—		—		205
Non-GAAP Gross Margin	$	98,022	$	100,092	$	103,927	$	75,042	$	89,698

(5) Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to loss from operations as a measure of operating performance. We define Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations as GAAP loss from operations before share-based compensation expense; amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

A reconciliation of Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations to loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Loss from operations	$	(23,529	)	$	(6,348	)	$	(14,151	)	$	(11,739	)	$	(7,082	)
Share-based compensation expense		1,674			1,739			2,070			1,494			1,404
Amortization of intangible assets		15,503			15,552			15,884			11,964			11,982
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software		—			—			—			—			205
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828			801			628			(212	)		21
Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations	$	(2,524	)	$	11,744		$	4,431		$	1,507		$	6,530

(6) Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered an alternative to net loss as a measure of operating performance. We define Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income as GAAP net loss before amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; share-based compensation expense; change in fair value of contingent consideration; and the tax effect of amortization of intangible assets, share-based compensation expense and the change in fair value of contingent consideration as well as related tax effects. For additional information regarding non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Net loss	$	(24,790	)	$	(7,802	)	$	(16,896	)	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Share-based compensation expense		1,674			1,739			2,070			1,494			1,404
Amortization of intangible assets		15,503			15,552			15,884			11,964			11,982
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software		—			—			—			—			205
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828			801			628			(212	)		21
Tax effect of adjustments(a)		(5,671	)		(4,885	)		(5,017	)		(3,576	)		(3,675	)
Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income	$	(9,456	)	$	5,405		$	(3,331	)	$	(4,403	)	$	1,484

21

(a) Includes tax effects of share-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, amortization of capitalized internal-use software and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. The tax effect was calculated using a rate of 27%.

(7) SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate is one of the key metrics we use in managing our business because, in addition to providing a measure of retention, it indicates our ability to grow customers within our existing customer accounts. SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate is included in a set of metrics that we calculate quarterly to review with management as well as periodically with members of our board of directors. We calculate SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate by annualizing revenue recorded in the last month of the measurement period for those revenue-generating customers in place throughout the entire measurement period (the latest twelve-month period). We divide the result by annualized revenue from the month that is immediately prior to the beginning of the measurement period, for all revenue-generating customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. Our calculation excludes one existing contract for a service no longer offered on a standalone basis by the Company. The Company is not able to calculate a SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate for periods prior to fiscal 2018 due to data limitations associated with the carve-out from Accenture. For additional information regarding key metrics, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

(8) SaaS Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) is one of the key metrics we use in managing our business because it illustrates our ability to acquire new subscription customers and to maintain and expand our relationship with existing subscription customers. SaaS ARR is included in a set of metrics that we calculate quarterly to review with management as well as periodically with members of our board of directors. We calculate SaaS ARR by annualizing the recurring subscription revenue recognized in the last month of the measurement period (the latest twelve-month period). Our calculation excludes one existing contract for a service no longer offered on a standalone basis by the Company. For additional information regarding key metrics, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

22

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or a part of your investment. The risks discussed below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations or cash flows. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 outbreak, could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, could materially and adversely impact our business. For example, in March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 virus outbreak a global pandemic, and numerous countries, including the United States, have declared national emergencies with respect to COVID-19. The outbreak and certain intensified preventative or protective public health measures undertaken by governments, businesses and individuals to contain the spread of COVID-19, including orders to shelter-in-place and restrictions on travel and permitted business operations, have, and continue to, result in global business disruptions that adversely affect workforces, organizations, economies, and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. The ongoing outbreak has disrupted, and will continue to disrupt, the normal operations of many businesses, including our customers, as well as the ability of our technical support teams and sales force to travel to existing customers and new business prospects, and the operations of our customers and SI partners. We have also limited our in-person marketing activities. For example, we converted our 2020 user conference, Formation, into an online forum called vFormation. While our business has not, to date, experienced a material disruption in bookings or sales from the COVID-19 pandemic, a continued or intensifying outbreak over the short- or medium-term could result in delays in services delivery, delays in implementations, delays in critical development and commercialization activities, including delays in the introduction of new products and services and further international expansion, interruptions in sales and marketing activity, furloughs of employees and disruptions of supply chains. Additionally, we may incur increased costs in the future when employees return to work and we implement measures to ensure their safety.

The related impact on the global economy could also decrease technology spending by our existing and prospective customers and adversely affect their demand for our solutions. Further, our sales and implementation cycles could increase, resulting in providing contract terms more favorable to customers and a potentially longer delay between incurring operating expenses and the generation of corresponding revenue or in difficulty in accurately predicting our financial forecasts. Additionally, the economic downturn and rising unemployment rates resulting from COVID-19 have the potential to significantly reduce individual and business disposable income and depress consumer confidence, which could limit the ability or willingness of some consumers to obtain and pay for insurance products in both the short- and medium-term, which may negatively impact the ability of our customers to pay for our services or require such customers to request amended payment terms for their outstanding invoices. Furthermore, we are unable to predict the impact that COVID-19 may have going forward on the business, results of operations or financial position of any of our major customers, which could impact each customer to varying degrees and at different times and could ultimately impact our own financial performance. Certain of our competitors may also be better equipped to weather the impact of COVID-19 both domestically and abroad and better able to address changes in customer demand.

The outbreak also presents operational challenges as our workforce is currently working remotely and shifting to assisting customers who are also generally working remotely. We have also suspended international and domestic travel. We depend on key officers and employees; should any of them become ill and unable to work, it could impact our productivity and business continuity. Although we continue to monitor the situation

23

and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available, it is not possible for us to predict the duration or magnitude of these business disruptions and the adverse results of the outbreak, which ultimately will depend on many factors, including the speed and effectiveness of containment efforts throughout the world. These disruptions could negatively affect our operations or internal controls over financial reporting and may require us to implement new processes, procedures and controls to respond to further changes in our business environment.

Additionally, COVID-19 could increase the magnitude of many of the other risks described herein and have other adverse effects on our operations that we are not currently able to predict. For example, we have, and may continue to delay or limit our internal strategies in the short- and medium-term by, for example, redirecting significant resources and management attention away from implementing our strategic priorities or executing opportunistic corporate development transactions (including our international expansion).

The magnitude of the effect of COVID-19 on our business will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions (including the effects of recently announced “re-opening” plans following a recent slowdown of the virus infection rate in certain countries and localities) and other limitations on our ability to conduct our business in the ordinary course. The longer the pandemic continues or resurges, the more severe the impacts described above will be on our business. The extent, length and consequences of the pandemic on our business are uncertain and impossible to predict, but could be material. COVID-19 and other similar outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and could cause significant volatility in the trading prices of our common stock as a result of any of the risks described above and other risks that we are not able to predict.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our liquidity.

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses of $24.8 million, $7.8 million and $16.9 million in fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $14.1 million and $8.5 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We must generate and sustain higher revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

• sales and marketing, including expanding our direct sales team and online marketing programs, particularly for larger customers;

• investments in the development of new products and new features for, and enhancements of, our existing product portfolio;

• expansion of our operations and infrastructure organically and through acquisitions and strategic partnerships, both domestically and internationally; and

• general administration, including legal, risk management, accounting, and other expenses related to being a public company.

These expenditures may not result in additional revenue or the growth of our business. Accordingly, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to offset our expected cost increases and achieve and sustain profitability. If we fail to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Changes in our product revenue mix and gross margins as we continue to focus on sales of our SaaS solutions will cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows between periods, which may cause our stock price to decline.

We have recently experienced strong growth in subscriptions to our SaaS solutions and, in particular, our subscription revenue has continued to increase in comparison with our license revenue for our term and perpetual

24

licenses. Our subscription revenue grew 27% from $33.5 million in fiscal 2017 to $42.5 million in fiscal 2018, and 32% to $55.9 million in fiscal 2019. Our subscription revenue grew 49% from $39.9 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 to $59.4 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2020. Our subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, unlike the license revenue from our term and perpetual licenses, which is typically recognized upfront. We expect the portion of our subscription revenue will grow as we continue to focus on driving sales of our SaaS solutions to new customers and existing term and perpetual license customers, as well as to our existing customers with SaaS arrangements who do not utilize the full Duck Creek Suite. As a result, our product revenue mix has changed, and will continue to change over time as the portion of upfront license revenue decreases and the portion of ratable subscription revenue increases, which may make our results in any one period difficult to compare to any other period. This change of revenue mix could adversely impact our gross and operating margins. For instance, as we continue to increase our focus on SaaS customers, we expect our overall gross margin percentage to decrease due to our subscription gross margin percentages being lower than our license gross margin percentages.

Additionally, the growth of our business is dependent on winning a relatively small number of higher value contracts, and our quarterly results of operations may be volatile because we cannot control in which quarter, if any, a new contract will be signed in a given year. Our revenue may also fluctuate versus comparable prior periods or prior quarters within the same fiscal year based on the terms of the agreements and the timing of new orders executed in the quarter. In addition, as subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, most of the subscription revenue we report in each quarter is the result of SaaS arrangements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in our revenue results for that quarter. Any such decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters.

These factors may cause significant fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows, may make it challenging for an investor to predict our performance and may prevent us from meeting or exceeding the expectations of research analysts or investors, which in turn may cause our stock price to decline.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on orders from a relatively small number of customers in the P&C insurance industry for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of any of these customers or a reduction in revenue from any of these customers would significantly harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our revenue is dependent on orders from customers in the P&C insurance industry and a relatively small number of customers have historically accounted for a significant portion of our revenue. We have over 150 insurance customers. We had one customer, State Farm, that accounted for approximately 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue for the nine months ended May 31, 2020. We also assess customer concentration by combining customers that are under common control and considering them as one entity. On this basis we had two consolidated entities that each represented in excess of 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019, a large multinational corporation that does business with us through multiple subsidiaries at approximately 13% and State Farm at approximately 10%, respectively. The same multinational corporation represented approximately 11% of our total revenue for the nine months ended May 31, 2020. While we expect this reliance to decrease over time, we expect that we will continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. As a result, if we fail to successfully sell our solutions and professional services to one or more of these anticipated customers in any particular period or fail to identify additional potential customers or such customers purchase fewer of our solutions or professional services, defer or cancel orders, fail to renew their subscription arrangements or license agreements or otherwise terminate their relationship with us, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed. Additionally, if our sales to one or more of these anticipated customers in any particular period is for SaaS arrangements or maintenance and support and are ratable in nature, or if we fail to achieve the required performance criteria or service levels for one or more of these relatively small number of customers, our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate significantly. Some of

25

our SaaS arrangements and license agreements with our customers can be canceled and not renewed by the customer after the expiration of the SaaS or license term, as applicable, on relatively short notice. Moreover, one of our SaaS customers has a right to terminate its contract with us at its discretion by providing notice and paying a termination fee based on a proportion of the remaining SaaS fees otherwise payable by that customer for the balance of the committed term of its contract, while one of our other SaaS customers has a right to terminate its contract with us at its discretion only during the first year of the committed term of its contract by providing notice and paying a termination fee equal to the SaaS fees otherwise payable by that customer for the balance of the first year of the committed term of its contract. In addition, another SaaS customer has the ability to elect during the last year of the committed term of its contract to discontinue its access to certain SaaS capabilities made available to it under such contract by providing notice and receiving up to an approximately 7% reduction in annual SaaS fees that would have otherwise been payable by that customer during the last year of the committed term of its contract. The loss of business from any of our significant customers, including from cancellations, could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our large customers have substantial negotiating leverage, which may require that we agree to terms and conditions that result in increased cost of sales, decreased revenue and lower average selling prices and gross margin percentages, all of which would harm our results of operations.

Some of our customers include the world’s largest carriers. These customers have significant bargaining power when negotiating new SaaS arrangements or term licenses, or renewals of existing agreements, and have the ability to buy similar solutions from other vendors or develop such systems internally. These customers have and may continue to seek advantageous pricing and other commercial terms and may require us to develop additional features in the solutions we sell to them. We have been required to, and may continue to be required to, reduce the average selling price of our solutions in response to these pressures. These customers may also require us to implement their purchased products on an expedited basis. If we are unable to implement our products to our customer’s satisfaction or avoid reducing our average selling prices and gross margin percentages, our results of operations would be harmed.

Our business depends on customers renewing and expanding their SaaS arrangements, term licenses or maintenance and support arrangements for our solutions. A decline in our customer renewals and expansions could harm our future results of operations.

Our customers have no obligation to renew their SaaS arrangements, term licenses or maintenance and support arrangements after they expire, and these arrangements or licenses may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms. Moreover, one of our SaaS customers has a right to terminate its contract with us at its discretion by providing notice and paying a termination fee based on a proportion of the remaining SaaS fees otherwise payable by that customer for the balance of the committed term of its contract, while one of our other SaaS customers has a right to terminate its contract with us at its discretion only during the first year of the committed term of its contract by providing notice and paying a termination fee equal to the SaaS fees otherwise payable by that customer for the balance of the first year of the committed term of its contract. In addition, another SaaS customer has the ability to elect during the last year of the committed term of its contract to discontinue its access to certain SaaS capabilities made available to it under such contract by providing notice and receiving up to an approximately 7% reduction in annual SaaS service fees that would have otherwise been payable by that customer during the last year of the committed term of its contract. We have limited historical data with respect to rates of customer renewals, upgrades and expansions of our SaaS solutions, so we may not accurately predict future trends in customer renewals. In addition, our term and perpetual license customers have no obligation to renew their maintenance and support arrangements after the expiration of the initial contractual period, which has historically been for three to six years, and more recently has been reduced to two years. Our customers’ renewal rates may fluctuate or decline because of several factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions and professional services, the prices of our solutions and professional services, the prices of solutions and professional services offered by our competitors or reductions in our customers’ spending levels due to the macroeconomic environment or other factors. If our customers do not renew their

26

SaaS arrangements or term licenses for our solutions or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline or grow more slowly than expected and our profitability will be harmed.

Our growth strategy is focused on continuing to develop our SaaS solutions, which may increase our costs. In addition, if we are unable to successfully grow our SaaS business or navigate our growth strategy, our reputation and results of operations could be harmed.

To address demand trends in the P&C insurance industry, we have focused on and plan to continue focusing on the growth and expansion of our SaaS business. This growth strategy has required and will continue to require a considerable investment of technical, financial and sales resources. We have no assurance that such investments will result in an increase in subscription revenue or that we will be able to scale such investments efficiently, or at all, to meet customer demand and expectations. Our focus on our SaaS business may increase our costs, such as the cost of public infrastructure, in any given period and may be difficult to predict over time. Further, we have experienced and may continue to experience reduced term or perpetual license revenue as we increasingly focus on our SaaS business.

Our SaaS arrangements also contain service level agreement clauses, for matters such as failing to meet stipulated service levels, which represent new risks we are not accustomed to managing. Should these penalties be triggered, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, we may assume greater responsibilities for implementation related services as we continue to focus on our SaaS business. As a result, we may face risks associated with new and complex implementations, the cost of which may differ from original estimates. The consequences in such circumstances could include: monetary credits for current or future service engagements, reduced fees for additional product sales, cancellations of planned purchases and a customer’s refusal to pay their contractually-obligated SaaS or professional service fees. Any factor adversely affecting sales of our SaaS solutions, including application release cycles, delays or failures in new product functionality, market acceptance, product competition, performance and reliability, reputation, price competition and economic and market conditions, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the entry into new markets or the introduction of new features, functionality or applications beyond our current markets and functionality may not be successful. If we are unable to successfully grow our SaaS business and navigate our growth strategy in light of the foregoing uncertainties, our reputation could suffer and our results of operations would be harmed, which may cause our stock price to decline.

Failure to manage our expanding operations effectively could harm our business.

We have expanded our operations and expect to continue to do so, including the number of employees and the locations and scope of our operations. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic and related shelter in-place orders have resulted in our employees and contractors working from home, bringing new challenges to managing our business and work force. This expansion and changing work environment has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our operational and financial resources and our personnel. We will also need to identify, add and retain additional qualified personnel across our operations. To manage our anticipated future operational expansion effectively, we must continue to maintain and expect to enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls and manage expanded operations and employees in geographically distributed locations. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of new solutions. If we increase the size of our organization without experiencing an increase in sales of our solutions, we will experience reductions in our gross and operating margins and net income. We may also deem it advisable in the near-term or later to downsize certain of our offices in order to reduce costs, which may cause us to incur related charges. If we are unable to effectively manage our expanding operations or manage the increase in remote employees, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

27

If we are unable to develop or sell our solutions into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, our revenue will not grow as expected.

Our ability to increase revenue will depend, in large part, on our ability to further penetrate our existing markets and to attract new customers, as well as our ability to transition our existing term and perpetual license customers to our SaaS solutions and to increase sales from existing customers who do not utilize the full Duck Creek Suite. The success of any enhancement or new solution or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhanced or new solutions, adaptation to new industry standards and technological changes, the ability to maintain and to develop relationships with third parties and the ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel. Any new solutions we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. Any new industry standards or practices that emerge, or any introduction by competitors of new solutions embodying new services or technologies, may cause our solutions to become obsolete. Any new markets in which we attempt to sell our solutions, including new countries or regions, may not be receptive or implementation may be delayed due to COVID-19. Additionally, any expansion into new markets will require commensurate ongoing expansion of our monitoring of local laws and regulations, which increases our costs as well as the risk of the solution not incorporating in a timely fashion or at all due to a failure of the solution to comply with such local laws or regulations. Our ability to further penetrate our existing markets depends on the quality of our solutions and our ability to design our solutions to meet changing consumer demands and industry standards, as well as our ability to assure that our customers will be satisfied with our existing and new solutions. If we are unable to sell our solutions into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, or to increase sales from existing customers by selling them additional software and services, our revenue will not grow as expected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure of any of our established solutions to satisfy customer demands or to maintain market acceptance would harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

We derive a significant majority of our revenue and cash flows from our established solutions, including Duck Creek Policy, Duck Creek Rating, Duck Creek Billing and Duck Creek Claims. We expect to continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenue from these sources. As such, continued market acceptance of these solutions is critical to our growth and success. Demand for our solutions is affected by a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the successful implementation of our solutions, the timing of development and release of new solutions by us and our competitors, technological advances which reduce the appeal of our solutions, changes in regulations that our customers must comply with in the jurisdictions in which they operate and the growth or contraction in the worldwide market for technological solutions for the P&C insurance industry. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands, to achieve and maintain a technological advantage over competitors, or to maintain market acceptance of our solutions, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

If the market for enterprise cloud computing, including SaaS solutions, develops slower than we expect or declines, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While the market for cloud computing, including SaaS solutions, for the P&C insurance industry is growing, it is not as mature as the market for legacy on-premise applications. It is uncertain whether cloud computing, including SaaS solutions, will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance, particularly in our industry. Our success substantially depends on the adoption of cloud computing and SaaS solutions in the P&C insurance industry, which may be affected by, among other things, the widespread acceptance of cloud computing and SaaS solutions in other industries and in general. Market acceptance of our SaaS solutions may be affected by a variety of factors, including but not limited to: price, security, reliability, performance, customer preference, public concerns regarding privacy and the enactment of restrictive laws or regulations. Many carriers have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into

28

their businesses and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud computing. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our SaaS solutions, the future growth rate and size of the cloud computing market or the entry of other competitive applications. As our business practices in this area continue to develop and evolve over time, we may be required to revise the SaaS solutions we have developed, which may result in revised terms and conditions that impact how we recognize revenue and the costs and risks associated with these offerings. Whether our product development efforts or focus on SaaS solutions will prove successful and accomplish our business objectives is subject to numerous uncertainties and risks, including but not limited to, customer demand, our ability to further develop and scale infrastructure, our ability to include functionality and usability in such offerings that address customer requirements, tax and accounting implications and our costs. If we or other providers of cloud-based computing in general, and in the P&C insurance industry in particular, experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud computing applications as a whole, including our SaaS solutions, may be negatively affected. If cloud computing does not achieve widespread adoption or there is a reduction in demand for cloud computing caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and solutions, reductions in corporate spending or otherwise, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, and we may not be able to obtain capital or complete acquisitions through the use of equity without dilution to our stockholders.

We may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to develop new or enhance existing solutions, acquire businesses and technologies or otherwise respond to competitive pressures. Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and if we fail to raise capital when needed, we could be prevented from growing and executing our business strategy.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we accumulate additional funds through debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, thus limiting funds available for our business activities. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, when we desire them, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our solutions, invest in future growth opportunities or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. Any of these factors could harm our results of operations.

Increases in professional services revenue as a percentage of total revenue or lower professional services margin percentages could adversely affect our overall gross margins and profitability.

Our professional services revenue was 48%, 44% and 45% of total revenue for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 45% and 46% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our professional services revenue produces lower gross margin percentages than our subscription revenue and license revenue. The gross margin percentages of our professional services revenue was 44%, 47% and 44% for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 44% and 45% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The gross margin percentages for license revenue was 91%, 90% and 86% for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 85% and 75% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The gross margin percentages for subscription revenue was 49%, 48% and 57% for each of fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 58% for each of the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect our professional services revenue to grow over time in absolute dollars due to customer growth and an increasing need for implementation services but decrease as a percentage of total revenue. Any increase in the percentage of total revenue represented by professional services revenue would reduce our overall gross margins and operating margins. Such a trend can be the result of several factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including increased customer demand for

29

our professional service team’s involvement in new solutions, the rates we charge for our professional services, our ability to bill our customers for all time incurred to complete a project, and the extent to which SI partners are willing and able to provide services directly to customers. Erosion in our professional services margin percentages would also adversely affect our gross and operating margin percentages. Professional services margin percentages may erode for a period of time as we work to grow our business and overall revenue; for instance, professional services margin percentages may erode if we hire and train additional professional services personnel to support new solutions, if we require additional professional service personnel to support entry into new markets, or if we require additional personnel on unexpectedly difficult projects to ensure customer success, perhaps without commensurate compensation due to the terms of the arrangement.

Professional services margins may also decline if we are required to defer professional services revenue in connection with an engagement. This may happen for a number of reasons, including if there is a specific product deliverable associated with a broader professional services engagement. In these situations, we would defer only the direct costs associated with the engagement, although other indirect costs could be recognized. Deferring all revenue but only direct costs will reduce margins. Lower professional services margins could adversely affect our overall gross margins and profitability.

Real or perceived errors or failures in our solutions or implementation services may affect our reputation, cause us to lose customers and reduce sales which may harm our business and results of operations and subject us to liability for breach of warranty claims.

Because we offer solutions that operate in complex environments, undetected errors or failures may exist or occur, especially when solutions are first introduced or when new versions are released, implemented or integrated into other systems. Our solutions are often installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures in our solutions or may expose undetected errors, failures or bugs in our solutions. Despite testing by us, we may not identify all errors, failures or bugs in new solutions or releases until after commencement of commercial sales or installation. In the past, we have discovered errors, failures and bugs in some of our solutions after their introduction. We may not be able to fix errors, failures and bugs without incurring significant costs or an adverse impact to our business. We believe that our reputation and name recognition are critical factors in our ability to compete and generate additional sales. Promotion and enhancement of our name will depend largely on our success in continuing to provide effective solutions and services. The occurrence of errors in our solutions or the detection of bugs by our customers may damage our reputation in the market and our relationships with our existing customers, and as a result, we may be unable to attract or retain customers. Any of these events may result in the loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our solutions and services, which could seriously harm our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

The license and support of our software creates the risk of significant liability claims against us. Our SaaS arrangements and term and perpetual licenses with our customers contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability provisions contained in such agreements may not be enforced as a result of international, federal, state and local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Breach of warranty or damage liability, or injunctive relief resulting from such claims, could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Our sales and implementation cycles are lengthy and variable, depend upon factors outside our control, and could cause us to expend significant time and resources prior to generating revenue.

The typical sales cycle for our solutions is lengthy and unpredictable, requires pre-purchase evaluation by a significant number of employees in our customers’ organizations, and often involves a significant operational decision by our customers. While sales cycles can vary and such differences can be material, the typical buying process for a customer purchasing core system software takes approximately twelve to fifteen months. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use and benefits of our solutions, including the technical

30

capabilities of our solutions and the potential cost savings achievable by organizations using our solutions. Potential customers typically undertake a rigorous pre-purchase decision-making and evaluation process, and sales to new customers involve extensive customer due diligence and reference checks. We invest a substantial amount of time and resources on our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce sales. Even if we succeed at completing a sale, we may be unable to predict the size of an initial SaaS arrangement or term or perpetual license until very late in the sales cycle. In addition, we sometimes commit to include specific functions in our base product offering at the request of a customer or group of customers and are unable to recognize subscription or license revenue until the specific functions have been added to our solutions. Providing this additional functionality may be time consuming and may involve factors that are outside of our control. Customers may also insist that we commit to certain time frames in which systems built around our solutions will be operational, or that once implemented our solutions will be able to meet certain operational requirements. Our ability to meet such timeframes and requirements may involve factors that are outside of our control, and failure to meet such timeframes and requirements could result in us incurring penalties, costs and/or additional resource commitments, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Unexpected delays and difficulties can occur as customers implement and test our solutions. Implementing our solutions typically involves integration with our customers’ and third-party’s systems, as well as adding customer and third-party data to our platform. This can be complex, time consuming and expensive for our customers and can result in delays in the implementation of our solutions. We also provide our customers with upfront estimates regarding the duration, resources and costs associated with the implementation of our solutions. Failure to meet these upfront estimates and the expectations of our customers for the implementation of our solutions could result in a loss of customers and negative publicity about us and our solutions and professional services. Such failure could result from deficiencies in our solution capabilities or inadequate professional service engagements performed by us, our SI partners or our customers’ employees, the latter two of which are beyond our direct control. Time-consuming implementations may also increase the amount of services personnel we must allocate to each customer, thereby increasing our costs and consequently the cost to our customers and adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Furthermore, our sales and implementation cycles could be disrupted by factors outside of our control. We are closely monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and the public health measures undertaken to contain the spread and its impacts on our business. We have implemented formal restrictions on travel in accordance with recommendations by the U.S. federal government and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Our customers, SI partners and prospective customers are enacting their own preventative policies and travel restrictions, and may be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Widespread restrictions on travel and in-person meetings could affect services delivery, delay implementations and interrupt sales activity. We are unable to predict the impact that COVID-19 may have going forward on our business, results of operations or financial position. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 outbreak, could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.”

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violation by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the software industry own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which they may use to assert claims against us. From time to time, third parties holding such intellectual property rights, including leading companies, competitors, patent holding companies and/or non-practicing entities, may assert patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property claims against us, our customers and partners, and those from whom we license technology and intellectual property.

Although we believe that our solutions do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties, we cannot assure that third parties will not assert infringement or misappropriation claims against us with respect

31

to current or future solutions, or that any such assertions will not require us to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly litigation, or result in us being unable to use certain intellectual property. Infringement assertions from third parties may involve patent holding companies or other patent owners who have no relevant product revenue, and therefore our own issued and pending patents may provide little or no deterrence to these patent owners in bringing intellectual property rights claims against us.

If we are forced to defend against any infringement or misappropriation claims, whether they are with or without merit, are settled out of court, or are determined in our favor, we may be required to expend significant time and financial resources on the defense of such claims. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, such a claim could harm our brand and business. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s intellectual property; cease making, licensing or using our solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to redesign our solutions; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or works; and to indemnify our partners, customers and other third parties. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to protect our intellectual property could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce and defend our intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to do so.

In the future we may file patent applications related to certain of our innovations. We do not know whether those patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. In addition, we may not receive competitive advantages from the rights granted under our patents and other intellectual property. Our existing patents and any patents granted to us or that we otherwise acquire in the future, may be contested, circumvented or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing these patents. Therefore, the extent of the protection afforded by these patents cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, given the costs, effort, risks and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations; however, such patent protection could later prove to be important to our business.

We also rely on several registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. Nevertheless, competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, or purchase our trademarks and confusingly similar terms as keywords in Internet search engine advertising programs, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to confusion in the marketplace. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our trademarks. Any claims or customer confusion related to our trademarks could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information by generally requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements, all of which offer only limited protection. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our confidential information, intellectual property, and technology, unauthorized third parties may gain access to our confidential proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, any of which could materially harm our business and results of operations. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases, we could not assert any

32

trade secret rights against such parties. Existing United States federal, state and international intellectual property laws offer only limited protection. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as governmental agencies and private parties in the United States. Moreover, policing our intellectual property rights is difficult, costly and may not always be effective.

From time to time, legal action by us may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Even if we are successful in defending our claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent that we seek to enforce our rights, we could be subject to claims that an intellectual property right is invalid, otherwise not enforceable, or is licensed to the party against whom we are pursuing a claim. In addition, our assertion of intellectual property rights may result in the other party seeking to assert alleged intellectual property rights or assert other claims against us, which could harm our business. If we are not successful in defending such claims in litigation, we may not be able to sell or license a particular solution due to an injunction, or we may have to pay damages that could, in turn, harm our results of operations. In addition, governments may adopt regulations, or courts may render decisions, requiring compulsory licensing of intellectual property to others, or governments may require that products meet specified standards that serve to favor local companies. Our inability to enforce our intellectual property rights under these circumstances may harm our competitive position and our business. If we are unable to protect our technology and to adequately maintain and protect our intellectual property rights, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time and effort required to create the innovative solutions that have enabled us to be successful to date.

If our solutions or third-party cloud providers experience data security breaches, and there is unauthorized access to our customers’ data, we may lose current or future customers and our reputation and business may be harmed.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions, and we may incur significant liabilities. Our solutions involve the storage and transmission of data, in some cases to third-party cloud providers, which may include personal data, and security breaches, including at third-party cloud providers, could result in the loss of this information, which in turn could result in litigation, breach of contract claims, indemnity obligations, reputational damage and other liability for our company. Despite the measures that we have or may take, our infrastructure will be potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses or similar problems, and in the case of third-party cloud providers, may be outside of our control. If a person circumvents our security measures, that person could misappropriate proprietary information or disrupt or damage our operations. Security breaches that result in access to confidential information could damage our reputation and subject us to a risk of loss or liability. We may be required to make significant expenditures to protect against or remediate security breaches. Additionally, if we are unable to adequately address our customers’ concerns about security, we will have difficulty selling our solutions and professional services.

We rely on third-party technology and systems for a variety of services, including, without limitation, third-party cloud providers to host our websites and web-based services, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, content delivery to customers, back-office support and other functions, and our ability to control or prevent breaches of any of these systems may be beyond our control. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect customer information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, including systems and processes designed to reduce the impact of a security breach at a third-party vendor, such measures cannot provide absolute security. In addition, we may

33

have to introduce such protective systems and processes to acquired companies, who may not correctly implement them at first or at all. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our ability to attract new customers or to increase engagement by existing customers, could cause existing customers to elect not to renew their SaaS arrangements or term licenses, or could subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations.

We may be obligated to disclose our proprietary source code to our customers, which may limit our ability to protect our intellectual property and could reduce the renewals of our maintenance and support services.

Our SaaS arrangements and license agreements sometimes contain provisions permitting the customer to become a party to, or a beneficiary of, a source code escrow agreement under which we place the proprietary source code for our applicable solutions in escrow with a third-party. As of May 31, 2020, we have source code license agreements in place with 44% of our customers who have either SaaS or term and perpetual license arrangements with us. Under these escrow agreements, the source code to the applicable product may be released to the customer, typically for its use to maintain, modify and enhance the product, upon the occurrence of specified events, such as our filing for bankruptcy or the discontinuance of our ability to perform our obligations, or if we otherwise breach certain of our representations, warranties or covenants under our agreements with our customers.

Disclosing the content of our source code may limit the intellectual property protection we can obtain or maintain for that source code or the solutions containing that source code and may facilitate intellectual property infringement claims against us. It also could permit a customer to which a solution’s source code is disclosed to support and maintain that solution without being required to purchase our support or maintenance services. Each of these would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We and our customers rely on technology and intellectual property of third parties, the loss of which could limit the functionality of our solutions and disrupt our business.

We use technology and intellectual property licensed from unaffiliated third parties in certain of our solutions, and we may license additional third-party technology and intellectual property in the future. Any errors or defects in this third-party technology and intellectual property could result in errors that could harm our brand and business. In addition, licensed technology and intellectual property may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The loss of the right to license and distribute this third-party technology could limit the functionality of our solutions and might require us to redesign our solutions.

We expect to continue to expand through acquisitions or partnerships with other companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in unexpected operating and technology integration difficulties, increased costs and dilution to our stockholders.

We expect to continue to grow, in part, by making targeted acquisitions. Our business strategy includes the potential acquisition of shares or assets of companies with software, technologies or businesses complementary to ours, both domestically and globally. Our strategy also includes alliances with such companies. For example, in August 2016, we acquired Agencyport Software, a provider of intuitive, digital experiences between carriers and their agents, brokers, consumers and policyholders; in January 2017, we acquired Yodil, LLC, a pioneer in insurance data management solutions; in October 2018, we acquired Outline Systems LLC, a provider of P&C distribution channel management software and longstanding member of our partner ecosystem; and in June 2019, we acquired the CedeRight Products business, a provider of reinsurance management software, from DataCede LLC. Each of these acquisitions was initially dilutive to earnings. Acquisitions and alliances may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and may not result in the benefits anticipated by such corporate activity.

34

In particular, we may fail to assimilate or integrate the businesses, technologies, services, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, retain key personnel necessary to favorably execute the combined companies’ business plan, or retain existing customers or sell acquired products to new customers. Additionally, the assumptions we use to evaluate acquisition opportunities may not prove to be accurate, and intended benefits may not be realized. Our due diligence investigations may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other challenges associated with an acquired business which could result in increased risk of unanticipated or unknown issues or liabilities, including with respect to environmental, competition and other regulatory matters, and our mitigation strategies for such risks that are identified may not be effective. As a result, we may not achieve some or any of the benefits, including anticipated synergies or accretion to earnings, that we expect to achieve in connection with our acquisitions, or we may not accurately anticipate the fixed and other costs associated with such acquisitions, or the business may not achieve the performance we anticipated, which may materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, as well as our stock price. Further, if we fail to achieve the expected synergies from our acquisitions and alliances, we may experience impairment charges with respect to goodwill, intangible assets or other items, particularly if business performance declines or expected growth is not realized. Any future impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions and alliances may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our current business. In addition, we may be required to make additional capital investments or undertake remediation efforts to ensure the success of our acquisitions, which may reduce the benefits of such acquisitions. We also may be required to use a substantial amount of our cash or issue debt or equity securities to complete an acquisition or realize the potential of an alliance, which could deplete our cash reserves and/or dilute our existing stockholders. Following an acquisition or the establishment of an alliance offering new solutions, we may be required to defer the recognition of revenue that we receive from the sale of solutions that we acquired or that result from the alliance, or from the sale of a bundle of solutions that includes such new solutions. In addition, our ability to maintain favorable pricing of new solutions may be challenging if we bundle such solutions with sales of existing solutions. A delay in the recognition of revenue from sales of acquired or alliance solutions, or reduced pricing due to bundled sales, may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results, may adversely affect our operating margins and may reduce the benefits of such acquisitions or alliances.

Additionally, competition within the software industry for acquisitions of businesses, technologies and assets has been, and is expected to continue to be, intense. As such, even if we are able to identify an acquisition that we would like to pursue, the target may be acquired by another strategic buyer or financial buyer such as a private equity firm, or we may otherwise not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Moreover, in addition to our failure to realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, including our revenue or return on investment assumptions, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities or impairment charges as a result of acquisitions we do complete.

We face intense competition in our market, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition and cause our market share to decline.

The market for our solutions and services is intensely competitive. The competitors we face in any sale may change depending on, among other things, the line of business purchasing the solution, the solution being sold, the geography in which we are operating and the size of the carrier to which we are selling. For example, we are more likely to face competition from small independent firms when addressing the needs of small insurers. These competitors may compete on the basis of price, the time and cost required for software implementation, custom development, or unique product features or functions. Outside of the United States, we are more likely to compete against vendors that may differentiate themselves based on local advantages in language, market knowledge and pre-built content applicable to that jurisdiction. We also compete with vendors of horizontal software products that may be customized to address needs of the P&C insurance industry.

35

Additionally, many of our prospective customers operate firmly entrenched legacy systems, some of which have been in operation for decades. Our implementation cycles are lengthy, variable and require the investment of significant time and expense by our customers. These expenses and associated operating risks attendant on any significant process of re-engineering and technology implementation exercise, may cause customers to prefer maintaining legacy systems. Also, maintaining legacy systems may be so time consuming and costly for our customers that they do not have adequate resources to devote to the purchase and implementation of our solutions. We also compete against technology consulting firms that either helped create such legacy systems or may own, in full or in part, subsidiaries that develop software and systems for the P&C insurance industry. As we expand our portfolio of solutions, we may begin to compete with software and service providers we have not competed against previously. Such potential competitors offer data and analytics tools that may, in time, become more competitive with our offerings. In addition, instead of purchasing P&C software products from a third party, including one of our direct competitors, our customers may decide to internally develop their own systems.

We expect the intensity of competition to remain high in the future. In addition to existing competitors, we believe investment in emerging Insurtech companies, which seek to innovate and disrupt the insurance industry, is growing rapidly and could produce new competitive threats. Continuing intense competition could result in increased pricing pressure, increased sales and marketing expenses, and greater investments in research and development, each of which could negatively impact our profitability. In addition, the failure to increase, or the loss of market share, would harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or future prospects. Some of our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as larger installed customer bases. As a result, such competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their solutions than we can devote to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer needs, thus leading to their wider market acceptance. To the extent any competitor has existing relationships with potential customers for other applications, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our solutions because such existing relationships create customer “stickiness.” For instance, if a potential customer uses one product from a competitor that powers a critical element of the customer’s day-to-day operations, they may be more likely to turn to such competitor in the future to the extent they require further product solutions, rather than purchasing one or more solutions from our suite. We may not be able to compete effectively and competitive pressures may prevent us from acquiring and maintaining the customer base necessary for us to increase our revenue and profitability.

In addition, our industry is evolving rapidly and we anticipate the market for solutions will become increasingly competitive. If our current and potential customers move a greater proportion of their data and computational needs to the cloud, new competitors may emerge that offer services either comparable or better suited than ours to address the demand for such solutions, which could reduce demand for our offerings. To compete effectively we will likely be required to increase our investment in our product development and technology, as well as the personnel and third-party services required to improve reliability and lower the cost of delivery of our SaaS solutions. This may increase our costs more than we anticipate and may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to further enhance their resources and offerings. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by other vendors or third parties with greater available resources. As a result of such acquisitions, our current or potential competitors might be more able than we are to adapt quickly to new technologies and customer needs, to devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and services, to initiate or withstand substantial price competition, or to take advantage of emerging opportunities by developing and expanding their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. Additionally, they may hold larger portfolios of patents and other intellectual property rights as a result of such relationships or acquisitions. If we are unable to compete effectively with these evolving competitors for market share, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

36

Our estimates of certain operational metrics, as well as of total addressable market and market growth, are subject to inherent challenges in measurement.

We make certain estimates with regard to certain operational metrics, such as win rate for new SaaS opportunities, which we track using internal systems that are not independently verified by any third party. While the metrics presented in this prospectus are based on what we believe to be reasonable assumptions and estimates, our internal systems have a number of limitations, and our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time.

Additionally, total addressable market and growth estimates are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Our estimates relating to size and expected growth of our market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size and growth estimates, our business could fail to grow at similar rates. If investors do not perceive our estimates of total addressable market and market growth or our operational metrics to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies with respect to these figures, our reputation may be significantly harmed, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may not receive significant revenue from our current research and development efforts for several months or years, if at all.

Developing software is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle. Our research and development expenses were $42.8 million, or 27% of our total revenue in fiscal 2017, $36.1 million, or 23% of our total revenue in fiscal 2018, and $35.9 million, or 21% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019. Our research and development expenses were $26.3 million, or 21% of our total revenue in the nine months ended May 31, 2019, and $29.4 million, or 19% of our total revenue in the nine months ended May 31, 2020. Costs incurred in the preliminary design and development stages of our projects are generally expensed as incurred. Once a project has reached the application development stage, certain internal, external, direct and indirect costs may be subject to capitalization. Generally, costs are capitalized until the technology is available for its intended use. Subsequent costs incurred for the development of future upgrades and enhancements, which are expected to result in additional functionality, follow the same protocol for capitalization. Our future plans include significant investments to develop, improve and expand the functionality of our solutions. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not recognize significant revenue from these investments for several months or years, if at all.

If we are unable to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solutions, we may be put at a competitive disadvantage and our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from our existing customers depends, in part, on our continued ability to enhance the functionality of our existing solutions by developing, introducing and marketing new and enhanced versions of our solutions that address the evolving needs of our customers and changing industry standards. Because some of our solutions are complex and require rigorous testing, development cycles can be lengthy and can require months or even years of development, depending upon the solution and other factors. As we expand internationally, our products and services must be modified and adapted to comply with regulations and other requirements of the countries in which our customers do business.

Additionally, market conditions, including heightened pressure on carriers from end-users relating to mobile computing devices and speed of delivery, may dictate that we change the technology platform underlying our existing solutions or that new solutions be developed on different technology platforms, potentially adding material time and expense to our development cycles. The nature of these development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we generate revenue, if any, from such expenses.

37

If we fail to develop new solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions, our business could be adversely affected, especially if our competitors are able to introduce solutions with enhanced functionality. It is critical to our success for us to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards and customer requirements and to successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive solutions to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely basis. We have invested and intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development to meet these challenges. Our estimates of research and development expenses may be too low, revenue may not be sufficient to support the future product development that is required for us to remain competitive and development cycles may be longer than anticipated. Further, there is no assurance that research and development expenditures will lead to successful solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions. If we fail to develop solutions in a timely manner that are competitive in technology and price or develop solutions that fail to meet customer demands, our market share will decline and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We sell our solutions and professional services to customers located outside the United States, and we are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. In fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, 4%, 8% and 5% of our revenue, respectively, was derived from outside of the United States. In each of the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, 5% of our revenue was derived from outside of the United States. Revenue by geography is determined based on the country in which a customer contract is executed. Some of our contracts allow for usage of our solutions in multiple countries. Our current international operations and our plans to expand our international operations subject us to a variety of risks, including:

• increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations;

• unique terms and conditions in contract negotiations imposed by customers in foreign countries;

• longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable;

• the need to localize our licensing and SaaS solutions for international customers;

• lack of familiarity with and unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

• increased exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

• highly inflationary international economies;

• the burdens and costs of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the European Union;

• compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption regulations, particularly in emerging market countries;

• compliance by international staff with accounting practices generally accepted in the United States, including adherence to our accounting policies and internal controls;

• import and export license requirements, tariffs, trade agreements, taxes and other trade barriers;

• increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

• weaker protection of intellectual property rights in some countries;

• multiple and possibly overlapping tax regimes;

• the application of the respective local laws and regulations to our business in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate;

• government sanctions that may interfere with our ability to sell into particular countries;

38

• disruption to our operations caused by epidemics or pandemics, such as COVID-19; and

• political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general.

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. Any of these risks could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales, adversely affecting our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

Our business may be materially adversely impacted by U.S. and global market and economic conditions adverse to the insurance industry.

We expect to continue to derive most of our revenue from solutions and additional services we provide to the P&C insurance industry. Given the concentration of our business activities in this industry, we will be particularly exposed to certain economic downturns affecting the insurance industry, in particular the P&C insurance industry. U.S. and global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile. General business and economic conditions that could affect us and our customers include fluctuations in economic growth, debt and equity capital markets, liquidity of the global financial markets, the availability and cost of credit, investor and consumer confidence, and the strength of the economies in which our customers operate. A poor economic environment could result in significant decreases in demand for our solutions and professional services, including the delay or cancellation of current or anticipated projects, or could present difficulties in collecting accounts receivables from our customers due to their deteriorating financial condition. Our existing customers may be acquired by or merged into other entities that use our competitors’ products, or they may decide to terminate their relationships with us for other reasons. As a result, our sales could decline if an existing customer is merged with or acquired by another company that has a poor economic outlook, or is closed.

Our customers may defer or forego purchases of our solutions or professional services in the event of weakened global economic conditions and political instability.

General worldwide economic conditions remain unstable, making it difficult for our customers and us to forecast and plan future business activities accurately. Prolonged economic uncertainties or downturns could harm our business operations or financial results. For example, the decision by referendum to withdraw the United Kingdom from the European Union (“Brexit”) in June 2016 caused significant volatility in global stock markets and fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The United Kingdom’s formal notification to the European Counsel required under Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union was made on March 29, 2017, triggering a two year negotiation period, subject to extension. The United Kingdom formally left the European Union on January 31, 2020, and is now in a transition period through December 31, 2020. Although the United Kingdom will remain in the European Union single market and customs union during the transition period, the long-term nature of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union is unclear and there is considerable uncertainty as to when any agreement will be reached and implemented. The political and economic instability created by Brexit has caused and may continue to cause significant volatility in global financial markets and uncertainty regarding the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. In particular, although the United Kingdom enacted a Data Protection Act in May 2018 that is consistent with the GDPR, uncertainty remains regarding how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated. The full effect of Brexit is uncertain and depends on any agreements the United Kingdom may make with the European Union and others.

Brexit or other global events, such as the recent imposition of various trade tariffs and the COVID-19 pandemic, may continue to create global economic, political and regulatory uncertainty not only in the United Kingdom, but in other regions in which we have significant operations. These conditions could cause our customers to reevaluate their decision to purchase our solutions and professional services, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned purchases. Furthermore, during challenging

39

economic times our customers may face issues in gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may not receive amounts owed to us and may be required to record an allowance for doubtful accounts, which would adversely affect our financial results. A substantial downturn in the P&C insurance industry may cause firms to react to worsening conditions by reducing their capital expenditures, reducing their spending on IT, delaying or canceling IT projects, or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. Negative or worsening conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from financial and credit market fluctuations, could cause a decrease in corporate spending on enterprise software in general, and in the insurance industry specifically, and negatively affect the rate of growth of our business.

In addition, the U.S. Congress could introduce legislation that would result in the increased regulation of the financial and insurance industries, which could reduce the need for our solutions and professional services. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. P&C insurance industry may lower the future revenue for the solutions we are developing and adversely affect our future business, possibly materially. We cannot predict what insurance initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state level, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Factors outside of our control including but not limited to natural catastrophes and terrorism may adversely impact the P&C insurance industry, preventing us from expanding or maintaining our existing customer base and increasing our revenue.

Our customers are carriers who have experienced, and will likely experience in the future, losses from catastrophes or terrorism that may adversely impact their businesses. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, without limitation, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe weather, epidemics, pandemics and fires. Global warming trends are contributing to an increase in erratic weather patterns globally and intensifying the impact of certain types of catastrophes. Moreover, acts of terrorism or war could cause disruptions to our business or our customers’ businesses or the economy as a whole.

The risks associated with natural catastrophes and terrorism are inherently unpredictable, and it is difficult to forecast the timing of such events or estimate the amount of losses they will generate. In recent years, for example, parts of the United States suffered extensive damage due to multiple hurricanes and fires. The combined effect of those losses on carriers was significant. Such losses and losses due to future events may adversely impact our current or potential customers, which may prevent us from maintaining or expanding our customer base and increasing our revenue as such events may cause customers to postpone purchases of new offerings and professional service engagements or to discontinue existing projects. Any of these events could materially harm our business, results of operation and financial condition.

If we are unable to continue the successful development of our direct sales team and the expansion of our relationships with our strategic partners, sales of our solutions, and consequently our professional services, will suffer and our growth would be slower than we project.

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued recruiting, retention and training of our direct sales team and their ability to obtain new customers and to manage our existing customer base. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of inside sales personnel and solution consultants. New hires require significant training and may, in some cases, take more than a year before becoming productive, if at all. If we are unable to hire and develop a sufficient number of productive members of our sales team, sales of our solutions will suffer. Additionally, a decline in sales of our solutions will directly impact our professional services revenue since a reduction in sales of our SaaS solutions and software license products will reduce the need for implementation services related to such products. Any of these events could impede our growth and materially harm our business, results of operation and financial condition.

40

We believe our future growth also will depend on the retention and expansion of our partnerships with third-party partners, including leading SIs and best-in-class technology companies, which help to increase the visibility of our products and engage with us in co-marketing efforts. The goal of our partnerships with leading SIs and other third-party partners, including our sales, solution and consulting providers and third-party solution partners is to allow us to grow our business by giving us scale to service our growing customer base. Our growth in revenue, particularly in international markets, will be influenced by the development and maintenance of partnerships which, in some cases, may require the establishment of effective relationships with regional SIs. Although we have established relationships with some of leading SIs, our solutions and professional services may compete directly against solutions and professional services that such leading SIs support or market. Additionally, we are unable to control or predict the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our SI partners. If we are not able to retain and expand our relationships with SIs and our other third party-partners, it will have an adverse effect on our business and our results of operations could fail to grow in line with our projections.

Our ability to sell our solutions is dependent on the quality of our professional services and technical support services and the support of our SIs, and the failure of us or our SIs to offer high-quality professional services or technical support services could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions and professional services to new customers and renew agreements with our existing customers.

Our revenue and profitability depend on the reliability and performance of our professional services. If our professional services are unavailable, or customers are dissatisfied with our performance, we could lose customers, our revenue and profitability would decrease and our business operations or financial position could be harmed. In addition, the software and workflow processes that underlie our ability to deliver our professional services have been developed primarily by our own employees and consultants. Malfunctions in the software we use or human error could result in our inability to provide professional services or cause unforeseen technical problems. If we incur significant financial commitments to our customers in connection with our failure to meet professional service level commitment obligations, we may incur significant liability and our liability insurance and revenue reserves may not be adequate. In addition, any loss of services, equipment damage or inability to meet our professional service level commitment obligations could reduce the confidence of our customers and could consequently impair our ability to obtain and retain customers, which would adversely affect both our ability to generate revenue and our operating results.

If we or our SIs do not effectively assist our customers in implementing our solutions, succeed in helping our customers quickly resolve post-implementation issues, and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional solutions and professional services to existing customers would be adversely affected and our reputation with potential customers could be damaged. Since we believe that the implementation experience is vital to retaining customers, our SIs’ and our ability to provide predictable delivery results and product expertise is critical to our ability to renew agreements with our existing customers. We are unable to control the quantity or quality of resources that our SIs commit to implementing our solutions, or the quality or timeliness of such implementation. If our SIs do not commit sufficient or qualified resources to these activities, our customers will be less satisfied, be less supportive with references, or may require the investment of our resources at discounted rates.

Once our solutions are implemented and integrated with our customers’ existing IT investments and data, our customers may depend on our technical support services and/or the support of SIs to resolve any issues relating to our solutions. High-quality support is critical for the continued successful marketing and sale of our solutions and renewal of contracts. In addition, as we continue to expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Many enterprise customers require higher levels of support than smaller customers. If we fail to meet the requirements of our larger customers, it may be more difficult to sell additional solutions and professional services to these customers, a key group for the growth of our revenue and profitability. In addition, as we further expand our SaaS solutions, our professional services and support organization will face new challenges, including hiring, training and integrating a large number of new professional services personnel with experience in delivering high-quality support for our SaaS solutions. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant

41

expenditures which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects. Further, as we continue to rely on our SIs to provide implementation and on-going services, our ability to ensure a high level of quality in addressing customer issues will be diminished. Our failure to maintain high-quality implementation and support services, or to ensure that our SIs provide the same, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

If we fail to identify, attract and retain additional qualified personnel with experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as personnel who can successfully implement our solutions, we may be unable to grow our SaaS business as expected.

To execute our business strategy and continue to grow our SaaS business, we must identify, attract and retain highly qualified personnel. We compete with many other companies for a limited number of software developers with specialized experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled developers, engineers and information technology and operations professionals who can successfully implement and deliver our solutions. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. As we continue to focus on growing our SaaS business, we may experience difficulty in finding, hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications which may, among other things, impede our ability to grow our SaaS business. If we are not successful in finding, attracting and retaining the professionals we need, we may be unable to execute our business strategy, including by managing employees and contractors remotely, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

Any disruption of our Internet connections, including to any third-party cloud providers that host any of our websites or web-based services, could affect the success of our SaaS solutions.

Any system failure, including network, software or hardware failure, that causes an interruption in our network or a decrease in the responsiveness of our website and our SaaS solutions could result in reduced user traffic, reduced revenue and potential breaches of our SaaS arrangements. Continued growth in Internet usage could cause a decrease in the quality of Internet connection service. Websites have experienced service interruptions as a result of outages and other delays occurring throughout the worldwide Internet network infrastructure. In addition, there have been several incidents in which individuals have intentionally caused service disruptions of major e-commerce websites. If these outages, delays or service disruptions frequently occur in the future, usage of our web-based services could grow more slowly than anticipated or decline and we may lose revenue and customers.

If the third-party cloud providers that host any of our websites or web-based services were to experience a system failure, the performance of our websites and web-based services, including our SaaS solutions, would be harmed. Currently, we rely on one third-party cloud provider to host our websites and web-based services. As a result, it may take significant resources if we need to switch to another cloud provider for any reason. Any disruption of or interference with our use of this third-party cloud provider could impair our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our operations and our business. In general, third-party cloud providers are vulnerable to damage from fire, floods, earthquakes, acts of terrorism, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins and similar events. The controls implemented by our current or future third-party cloud providers may not prevent or timely detect such system failures and we do not control the operation of third-party cloud providers that we use. Our current or future third-party cloud providers could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our current or future third-party cloud providers, or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract, may have negative effects on our business. If our current or future third-party cloud providers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity or any spikes in customer demand, it could have an adverse effect on our business. Any changes in service levels by our current or future third-party cloud providers could result in loss or damage to our customers’-stored information and any service interruptions at these third-party cloud providers could hurt our reputation, cause us to lose customers,

42

harm our ability to attract new customers or subject us to potential liability. Our property and business interruption insurance coverage may not be adequate to fully compensate us for losses that may occur. Additionally, our systems are not fully redundant, and we have not yet implemented a complete disaster recovery plan or business continuity plan. Although the redundancies we do have in place will permit us to respond, at least to some degree, to service outages, our current or future third-party cloud providers that host our SaaS solutions are vulnerable in the event of failure. We do not yet have adequate structure or systems in place to recover from a third-party cloud provider’s severe impairment or total destruction, and recovery from the total destruction or severe impairment of any of our third-party cloud providers could be difficult and may not be possible at all.

In addition, our users depend on Internet service providers, online service providers and other website operators for access to our website. These providers could experience outages, delays and other difficulties due to system failures unrelated to our systems. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our services and technologies may use “open source” software, which may restrict how we use or distribute our services or require that we release the source code of certain solutions subject to those licenses.

Some of our services and technologies may incorporate software licensed under so-called “open source” licenses. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. Additionally, some open source licenses require that source code subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications to or derivative works of open source software continue to be licensed under open source licenses. These open source licenses typically mandate that proprietary software, when combined in specific ways with open source software, become subject to the open source license. If we combine our proprietary solutions in such ways with certain open source software, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary solutions.

We take steps to ensure that our proprietary solutions are not combined with, and do not incorporate, open source software in ways that would require our proprietary solutions to be subject to many of the restrictions in an open source license. However, few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is therefore subject to some uncertainty. Additionally, we rely on software programmers to design our proprietary technologies, and although we take steps to prevent our programmers from including objectionable open source software in the technologies and software code that they design, write and modify, we do not exercise complete control over the development efforts of our programmers and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated such open source software into our proprietary solutions and technologies or that they will not do so in the future. In the event that portions of our proprietary technology are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our services and technologies and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

Incorrect or improper use of our solutions or our failure to properly train customers on how to utilize our solutions could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

Our solutions are complex and are used in a wide variety of network environments. The proper use of our solutions requires training of the customer. If our solutions are not used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result. Our solutions may also be intentionally misused or abused by customers or their employees or third parties who are able to access or use our solutions. Because our customers rely on our solutions, services and maintenance support to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect or improper use of our solutions, our failure to properly train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our solutions, or

43

our failure to properly provide maintenance services to our customers may result in negative publicity or legal claims against us. Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure by us to properly provide these services will likely result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales of our solutions.

In addition, if there is substantial turnover of customer personnel responsible for use of our solutions, or if customer personnel are not well trained in the use of our solutions, customers may defer the implementation of our solutions, may use them in a more limited manner than originally anticipated or may not use them at all. Further, if there is substantial turnover of the customer personnel responsible for use of our solutions, our ability to make additional sales may be substantially limited.

If we are unable to retain our personnel and hire and integrate additional skilled personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals and our business will suffer.

Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to attract, train, integrate and retain highly skilled employees, particularly those on our management team, including Michael Jackowski, our Chief Executive Officer, and our sales and marketing personnel, SaaS operations personnel, professional services personnel and software engineers. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, or delays in hiring required personnel, including delays due to COVID-19, may seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. If U.S. immigration policy related to skilled foreign workers were materially adjusted, such a change could hamper our efforts to hire highly skilled foreign employees, including highly specialized engineers, which would adversely impact our business.

Our executive officers and other key employees are generally employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their relationship with us at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could significantly delay or prevent us from achieving our business and/or development objectives, and could materially harm our business.

We face competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. Further, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train technical, sales, services and other personnel. We may incur significant costs to attract, train and retain such personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment after recruiting and training them.

Also, to the extent that we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel have been improperly solicited or have divulged proprietary or other confidential information. In addition, we have a limited number of sales people and the loss of several sales people within a short period of time could have a negative impact on our sales efforts. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, or we may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so.

Our ability to expand geographically depends, in large part, on our ability to attract, retain and integrate managers to lead the local business and employees with the appropriate skills. Similarly, our profitability depends on our ability to effectively utilize personnel with the right mix of skills and experience to perform services for our customers, including our ability to transition employees to new assignments on a timely basis. If we are unable to effectively deploy our employees globally on a timely basis to fulfill the needs of our customers, our reputation could suffer and our ability to attract new customers may be harmed.

Because of the technical nature of our solutions and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, integrate and retain qualified sales, professional services and product development personnel, as well as our contract workers, could harm our ability to generate sales or successfully develop new solutions and professional services and enhancements of existing solutions.

44

We may experience fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our international sales are generally denominated in foreign currencies, and this revenue could be materially affected by currency fluctuations. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. Although we believe our operating activities act as a natural hedge for a substantial portion of our foreign currency exposure at the cash flow or operating income level because we typically collect revenue and incur costs in the currency of the location in which we provide our solutions and services, our contracts with our customers are long-term in nature so it is difficult to predict if our operating activities will provide a natural hedge in the future. In addition, as we enter into license agreements, which have historically been characterized by large annual payments, significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that coincide with annual payments may affect our revenue or financial results in such quarter. Our results of operations may also be impacted by transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. Moreover, significant and unforeseen changes in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to fail to achieve our stated projections for revenue and operating income, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price. We will continue to experience fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which, if material, may harm our revenue or results of operations.

Privacy concerns could result in regulatory changes and impose additional costs and liabilities on us, limit our use of information and adversely affect our business.

As we increase our focus on our SaaS solutions, the amount of customer data we or our third-party cloud providers manage, hold and/or collect will increase significantly. In addition, a limited number of our solutions may collect, process, store, and use transaction-level data aggregated across insurers using our common data model. We anticipate that over time we will expand the use and collection of personal information as greater amounts of such personal information may be transferred from our customers to us and we recognize that personal privacy has become a significant issue in the United States, Europe, and many other jurisdictions where we operate. Many federal, state, and foreign legislatures and government agencies have imposed or are considering imposing restrictions and requirements about the collection, use and disclosure of personal information.

Changes to laws or regulations affecting privacy could impose additional costs and liabilities, including fines, on us and could limit our use of such information to add value for customers. If we were required to change our business activities or revise or eliminate services, or to implement burdensome compliance measures, our business and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, in the case of data from our websites and web-based services that is stored with third-party cloud providers that we do not control, our third-party cloud providers may not adequately implement compliance measures concerning the privacy and/or security of any stored personal information. We may be subject to fines, penalties and potential litigation if we or our third-party cloud providers fail to comply with applicable privacy and/or data security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements. The costs of compliance with and other burdens imposed by privacy-related laws, regulations and standards may limit the use and adoption of our solutions and reduce overall demand.

Furthermore, concerns regarding data privacy and/or security may cause our end-users to resist providing the data and information necessary to allow our customers to use our solutions effectively. Even the perception that the privacy and/or security of personal information is not satisfactorily managed, or does not meet applicable legal, regulatory and other requirements, could inhibit sales of our solutions, and could limit adoption of our solutions, resulting in a negative impact on our sales and results from operations.

45

Failure to comply with the GDPR or other data privacy regimes could subject us to fines and reputational harm.

Global privacy legislation, enforcement and policy activity are rapidly expanding and creating a complex data privacy compliance environment and the potential for high profile negative publicity in the event of any data breach. We are subject to many privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the United States and around the world, some of which place restrictions on our ability to process personal data across our business. For example, the GDPR is a comprehensive update to the data protection regime in the European Economic Area that became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR imposes new requirements relating to, among other things, consent to process personal data of individuals, the information provided to individuals regarding the processing of their personal data, the security and confidentiality of personal data, and notifications in the event of data breaches and use of third-party processors. The GDPR imposes substantial fines for breaches of data protection requirements, which can be up to four percent of the worldwide revenue or 20 million Euros, whichever is greater. While we will continue to undertake efforts to conform to current regulatory obligations and evolving best practices, we may be unsuccessful in conforming to means of transferring personal data from the European Economic Area. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use some of our services due to the potential risk exposure of personal data transfers and the current data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities. Such customers may also view any alternative approaches to the transfer of any personal data as being too costly, too burdensome, or otherwise objectionable, and therefore may decide not to do business with us if the transfer of personal data is a necessary requirement.

In addition, California recently adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, and limits how we may collect, use and process personal data of California residents. The CCPA establishes a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours by, among other things, creating an expanded definition of personal information, establishing new data privacy rights for California residents and creating a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for violations of the CCPA and for businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures and practices to prevent data breaches. The uncertainty and changes in the requirements of multiple jurisdictions may increase the cost of compliance, restrict our ability to offer services in certain locations or subject us to sanctions by national, regional, state, local and international data protection regulators, all of which could harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Although we take reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and have invested and continue to invest human and technology resources into data privacy compliance efforts, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to regulatory action, including fines, in the event of an incident or other claim. We or our third-party service providers could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our or our third-party service providers’ business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our or our third-party service providers’ business, results of operations or financial condition.

Though our term and perpetual licensing model does not significantly collect and transfer personal information from our customers to us, our increased focus on SaaS solutions and the current data protection landscape may subject us to greater risk of potential inquiries and/or enforcement actions. For example, we may find it necessary to establish alternative systems to maintain personal data originating from the European Union in the European Economic Area, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our results from operations. Further, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns in connection with our SaaS solutions, or comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, and adversely affect our ability to offer SaaS solutions.

Anticipated further evolution of regulations on this topic may substantially increase the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. We may incur substantial expense in complying with the

46

new obligations to be imposed by new regulations and we may be required to make significant changes to our solutions and expanding business operations, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations.

If tax laws change or we experience adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns, it could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state and local income taxes in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates and the value of our deferred tax assets could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, including impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of Public Law No. 115-97 and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), the consequences of which have not yet been fully determined. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. Although we believe we have made appropriate provisions for taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate, changes in the tax laws or challenges from tax authorities under existing tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainty in the marketplace regarding the use of Internet users’ personal information, or legislation limiting such use, could reduce demand for our services and result in increased expenses.

Concern among consumers and legislators regarding the use of personal information gathered from Internet users could create uncertainty in the marketplace. This could reduce demand for our services, increase the cost of doing business as a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs, or otherwise harm our business. Many state insurance codes limit the collection and use of personal information by insurance agencies, brokers and carriers or insurance service organizations.

Future government regulation of the Internet could place financial burdens on our businesses.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business services. Because of the Internet’s popularity and increasing use, federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have adopted, and may in the future adopt, new laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. These laws and regulations may cover issues such as the collection and use of data from website visitors and related privacy issues; pricing; taxation; telecommunications over the Internet; content; copyrights; distribution; and domain name piracy. The enactment of any additional laws or regulations of the Internet, including international laws and regulations, could impede the growth of subscription revenue and place additional financial burdens on our business.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

After the completion of this offering, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of the shares of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors and on other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, and Apax’s and Accenture’s interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement to be entered into prior to the consummation of this offering in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be required to take all necessary action to cause our board of directors to include individuals designated by Apax and Accenture pursuant to certain ownership thresholds. Apax and Accenture, individually, will be required to vote all of their shares, and take all other necessary actions, to cause our board of directors to include the individuals designated as directors by Apax and Accenture (as applicable). Accordingly, immediately following this offering, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of the shares of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors

47

and on other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, and Apax and Accenture will be able to control the outcome of matters submitted to a stockholder vote. Even if Apax and Accenture collectively cease to own shares of our common stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Apax and Accenture continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock, Apax and Accenture, through their collective voting power and certain protective provisions, will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. For example, each of Apax and Accenture will have certain consent rights so long as such stockholder owns at least 5% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan. Accordingly, for such period of time, Apax and Accenture will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans, and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, Apax and Accenture will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of voting power could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of the sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, Apax will own approximately 33.7% of our common stock (or approximately 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) and Accenture will own approximately 22.5% of our common stock (or approximately 22.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). As a result, Apax will exercise significant influence over all matters requiring a stockholder vote, including: the election of directors; mergers, consolidations and acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws; and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders. The interests of Apax may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of us. Also, Apax may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other stockholders or adversely affect us or our other stockholders, including investors in this offering. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline or stockholders might not receive a premium over the then-current market price of our common stock upon a change in control. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant stockholders. See “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Organizational Documents.”

Certain provisions of Delaware Law, the Stockholders’ Agreement, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could hinder, delay or prevent a change in control of us, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware Law, the Stockholders’ Agreement, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors, Apax or Accenture.

As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

Furthermore, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, immediately following this offering, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of the shares of our common stock eligible to vote in the

48

election of our directors and on other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, and Apax and Accenture will be able to control the outcome of matters submitted to a stockholder vote. Even if Apax and Accenture collectively cease to own shares of our common stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Apax and Accenture continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock, Apax and Accenture, through their collective voting power and certain protective provisions, will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval.

In addition, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority to cause the issuance of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to establish the terms, preferences and rights of any such series of preferred stock, all without approval of our stockholders. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude future issuances without stockholder approval of the authorized but unissued shares of our common stock. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a staggered board of directors and does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of our directors and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special meetings. These factors could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult.

These provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by Apax, Accenture, our management or our board of directors. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so, even if the transaction is favorable to stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Organizational Documents” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Certain of our stockholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.

Apax and Accenture each engage in other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Apax and Accenture each have the right, and have no duty to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us, do business with any of our customers or vendors, or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If Apax, Accenture or any of their respective officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or our affiliates.

In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of Apax or Accenture acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer and such person acts in good faith to the fullest extent permitted by law, then even if Apax or Accenture pursues or acquires the corporate opportunity or if Apax or Accenture does not present the corporate opportunity to us, such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person’s fiduciary duties owed to us and is not liable to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that market may not be sustained. Accordingly, if an active trading market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity of our common

49

stock, your ability to sell your shares of common stock when desired and the prices that you may obtain for your shares of common stock will be adversely affected. Additionally, one or more entities affiliated with or advised by certain of our existing investors, including Dragoneer, Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and Insight, have previously indicated non-binding interests to purchase a significant amount of shares (which shares will not be subject to transfer restrictions), representing, together with their existing common stock after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, up to approximately 2.9% our common stock in the aggregate and such investors may continue to hold a large portion of our publicly traded common stock, which may inhibit the development and maintenance of an active trading market. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiation between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following the completion of this offering. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

• variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

• the impact on our public float if one or more entities affiliated with or advised by certain of our existing investors, including Dragoneer, Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC and Insight who have previously indicated non-binding interests to purchase a significant amount of shares (up to $100 million in the aggregate) in this offering purchase such shares (which shares will not be subject to transfer restrictions), representing, together with their existing common stock after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, up to approximately 2.9% of our common stock, respectively;

• our ability to attract new customers, particularly larger customers, in both domestic and international markets and our ability to increase sales to and renew agreements with our existing customers, particularly larger customers, at comparable prices;

• the timing of our customers’ buying decisions and reductions in our customers’ budgets for IT purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles, particularly in light of recent adverse global economic conditions;

• changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

• the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

• additions to, or departures of, key management personnel;

• any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

• announcements and public filings by us or others and developments affecting us;

• actions by institutional stockholders;

• litigation and governmental investigations;

50

• operating and stock performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us (and changes in their market valuations) and overall performance of the equity markets;

• speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

• increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

• announcements or actions taken by Apax as our principal stockholder;

• sales of substantial amounts of our common stock by Apax or other significant stockholders or our insiders, or the expectation that such sales might occur;

• volatility or economic downturns in the markets in which we, our customers and our SI partners are located caused by pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, and related policies and restrictions undertaken to contain the spread of such pandemics or potential pandemics; and

• general market, political and economic conditions, in the insurance industry in particular, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which any of our customers are located.

These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In addition, we may seek to expand operations in the future to other markets which we would expect to finance through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness and/or cash from operations.

Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

51

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance standards. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ.

After the completion of this offering, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of shares of common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. As a controlled company, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. While Apax and Accenture control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, we may also elect to not have our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consisting entirely of independent directors and we will not be required to have written charters addressing these committees’ purposes and responsibilities or have annual performance evaluations of these committees. Accordingly, if we elect in the future not to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption.”

The market price of our common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets.

After this offering, there will be 128,437,830 shares of common stock outstanding (or 130,687,830 shares outstanding if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). Of our issued and outstanding shares, only the 15,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering (or 17,250,000 shares if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”). Following completion of the offering, approximately 33.7% of our outstanding common stock (or 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) will be held by Apax and approximately 22.5% of our outstanding common stock (or 22.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) will be held by Accenture and can be resold into the public markets in the future in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144. The sale by Apax or Accenture of a substantial number of shares after this offering, or a perception that such sales could occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible For Future Sale.”

We and our executive officers, directors, Apax, Accenture and substantially all of our Existing Holders have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise dispose of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of common stock, or cause a registration statement covering any common stock to be filed, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Any shares acquired by Existing Holders (other than officers, directors, Apax and Accenture) in this offering of our shares of common stock will not be subject to these transfer restrictions. See “Underwriting.”

In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), Apax, Accenture and certain of our other Existing Holders and their respective affiliates and permitted third-party transferees have the right, in certain circumstances, to require us to register their 108,052,793 shares of our common stock under the Securities

52

Act for sale into the public markets. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

The market price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional common stock or other equity securities.

The future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, we will have an aggregate of 159,345,123 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. Any common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value per share issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $24.57 in the net tangible book value per share.

We will have broad discretion in the use of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management currently intends to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds” and will have broad discretion in the application of a significant part of the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could affect our ability to operate and grow our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one of more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our common stock or if our reporting results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, not being required to comply with any requirement that

53

may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, the information we provide stockholders will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and any funds we receive from our subsidiaries. Certain of our debt agreements limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends. Until such time that we pay a dividend, our investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could discourage stockholder lawsuits or limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in any judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our officers and directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including any fiduciary duty) owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case, subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable party named as a defendant therein. If the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located in the State of Delaware.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws further provide that any person or entity purchasing, otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice

54

of and consented to the forum selection clause. The forum selection clause in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging stockholder lawsuits or limiting our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in any judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our officers and directors.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. We may fail to comply with the rules that apply to public companies, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which could result in sanctions or other penalties that would harm our business.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the rules of the SEC, the listing requirements of NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance, and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company, and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC after we become a public company. In order to maintain effective internal controls, we will need additional financial personnel, systems and resources. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404. If we identify one or more material

55

weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

To date, we have not conducted a review of our internal controls for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we have in the past and may in the future, identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from NASDAQ or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business and reputation.

56

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information contained in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance and on our current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, Apax, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. Accordingly, there are, or will be, important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to:

• our history of losses;

• changes in our product revenue mix as we continue to focus on sales of our SaaS solutions, which will cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows between periods;

• our reliance on orders and renewals from a relatively small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the substantial negotiating leverage customers have in renewing and expanding their contracts for our solutions;

• the success of our growth strategy focused on SaaS solutions and our ability to develop or sell our solutions into new markets or further penetrate existing markets;

• our ability to manage our expanding operations;

• intense competition in our market;

• third parties may assert we are infringing or violating their intellectual property rights;

• U.S. and global market and economic conditions, particularly adverse in the insurance industry;

• additional complexity, burdens and volatility in connection with our international sales and operations;

• the length and variability of our sales and implementation cycles;

• data breaches, unauthorized access to customer data or other disruptions of our solutions;

• control of our Company by Apax and Accenture and perceived conflicts of interests;

• our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ;

• impact of pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on U.S. and global economies, our business, our employees, results of operations, financial condition, demand for our products, sales and implementation cycles, and the health of our customers’ and partners’ businesses; and

• the other risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors.”

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement except as required by law, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

57

If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution that you should not place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us.

58

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Existing Organizational Structure

Organizational Structure Following This Offering

The simplified diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following the reorganization transactions that will occur concurrently with or immediately following the completion of this offering (the “Reorganization Transactions”) and this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom.

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow the Existing Holders to retain all or a portion of their equity ownership in the Company through their ownership of our common stock as described below. Under our

59

amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of common stock shall entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. The chart above with respect to Public Stockholders includes shares that are expected to be purchased by certain of our Existing Holders that are expected to participate in this offering.

Reorganization Transactions

The following steps will occur concurrently with or immediately following the completion of this offering in the order indicated:

• The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize, immediately prior to this offering, one class of common stock and one class of preferred stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

• Apax will contribute the entity that holds all of Apax’s equity interests in the Operating Partnership and all of Apax’s interest in the General Partner to a newly-formed Cayman company (the “Reorg Subsidiary”) in exchange for shares of the Reorg Subsidiary.

• Accenture will contribute to the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) a portion of its equity interests in the Operating Partnership and (ii) all of its interest in the general partner of the Operating Partnership (the “General Partner”) in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company.

• Certain members of management will contribute to the Company, directly or indirectly, all of their respective equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for (i) newly-issued common stock in the Company or (ii) restricted common stock in the Company and options to acquire common stock in the Company with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.

• Each of the Existing Holders (other than Apax, Accenture and RBW Investment GmbH & Co., a minority limited partner of the Operating Partnership, which we refer to as RBW) will contribute to the Company, directly or indirectly, all of their equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company.

• The Company will contribute a portion of the net proceeds received from the offering to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership will redeem the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership owned by Accenture and RBW that are not contributed to the Company.

• Immediately following the completion of this offering, (i) Apax will exchange all of its shares in the Reorg Subsidiary for newly-issued common stock in the Company and (ii) the Reorg Subsidiary will merge with and into the Company (and the Reorg Subsidiary will cease to exist) (collectively, the “Reorg Merger”).

• Following these transactions and the subsequent redemption of the outstanding LP Units owned by Accenture and RBW that are not contributed to the Company, the Company will indirectly own all of the LP Units and interests in the General Partner that were owned by the Existing Holders prior to this offering.

The final exchange ratio with respect to certain of our Existing Holders who will contribute their equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for newly-issued restricted stock and options to acquire common stock in the Company and the number of restricted stock to be issued under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with the completion of this offering was determined by the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share.

This Offering

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to use (i) $43.1 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership held by Accenture and RBW immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, which includes $43.1 million paid to Accenture, after giving effect to the contributions that are part of the Reorganization Transactions, at a redemption price per

60

LP Unit equal to the initial public offering price of this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (ii) $64.7 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repurchase from Apax a portion of the shares in the Company received by Apax in the Reorg Merger at a repurchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and (iii) $6.3 million of net proceeds that we receive from this offering to cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees. One of our directors, Larry Wilson, is a limited partner in Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. Inc. (“Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P.”), the shareholder of the Apax entity that holds Apax’s LP Units. Pursuant to the partnership agreement for Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., Mr. Wilson is entitled to receive approximately 0.3% of any proceeds received by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. from the repurchase of shares of common stock in the Company described in clause (ii), following certain priority returns to Apax and Mr. Wilson. Of the $64.7 million to be paid by the Company to repurchase shares of common stock in the Company owned by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P, it is expected that Mr. Wilson will receive approximately $922 thousand due to his limited partnership interest. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and other strategic transactions and to repay any amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility (but not a permanent reduction of any commitments thereunder).

Immediately following this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom:

• our common stock will be held as follows: 15,000,000 shares (or 17,250,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) by investors in this offering, 43,282,953 shares by Apax, and 28,855,302 shares by Accenture; and

• the combined voting power in the Company will be as follows: (i) 11.7% by investors in this offering (or 13.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full); (ii) 33.7% by Apax (or 33.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full); and (iii) 22.5% by Accenture (or 22.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).

61

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $373.2 million (or approximately $430.1 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use (i) $43.1 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership retained by Accenture and RBW, after giving effect to the contributions that are part of the Reorganization Transactions, which includes $43.1 million paid to Accenture, at a redemption price per LP Unit equal to the initial public offering price of this offering less underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (ii) $64.7 million of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repurchase from Apax a portion of the shares in the Company received by Apax in the Reorg Merger at a repurchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of this offering less underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and (iii) $6.3 million of net proceeds that we receive from this offering to cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees. For additional information, see “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Reorganization Transactions.” We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and other strategic transactions and to repay any amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility (but not a permanent reduction of any commitments thereunder). As of August 11, 2020, we had no principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. To the extent we generate any additional net proceeds from this offering, we expect to use such additional net proceeds in a manner consistent with the uses described above.

Our revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. that was originally scheduled to mature on October 4, 2019. On October 2, 2019, we amended certain of the financial covenants and extended our credit agreement for two years to a maturity date of October 2, 2021. The revolving credit facility is expandable at our option in increments of $5.0 million up to a limit of $30.0 million under certain conditions. Availability under our revolving credit facility is collateralized by a first priority interest in substantially all of our assets. The revolving credit facility incurs interest at the Eurodollar rate plus applicable margin, or at the Bank of America base rate, defined as the higher of the prime rate, Federal Funds Rate or the Eurodollar rate plus applicable margin, which ranges from 2.00% to 3.00% depending on the interest rate basis and type of borrowing elected. For the nine months ended May 31, 2020, the effective interest rate under our revolving credit agreement was 6.9%. We have historically used borrowings under our revolving credit facility primarily for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions.

62

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant, including any contractual prohibitions with respect to payment of distributions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Organizational Structure—We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.”

Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and any funds we receive from our subsidiaries. Certain of our debt agreements limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends. For example, the agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain negative covenants that limit, among other things, certain of our subsidiaries from paying dividends and other distributions to our Company. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering and Our Common Stock— We have not paid dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.”

Under Delaware law, dividends may be payable only out of surplus, which is calculated as our net assets less our liabilities and our capital, or, if we have no surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

63

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of May 31, 2020:

• of the Operating Partnership on an actual basis;

• of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the (i) the contribution to the Company of certain equity interests in the Operating Partnership by the Existing Holders (other than Apax, Accenture and RBW) in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company, (ii) the contribution to the Company by Accenture of its interest in the General Partner and a portion of its equity interests in the Operating Partnership and (iii) the Reorg Merger, in each case, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions,” prior to the sale of 15 million shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds”; and

• of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. on a pro forma basis to give further effect to (i) the other Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” and (ii) the sale by us of 15 million shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), after the use of proceeds therefrom, as if they had occurred on May 31, 2020).

The following table is derived from and should be read together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of May 31, 2020
(in $ thousands, except share numbers)	Operating Partnership Actual		Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. As Adjusted Before this Offering			Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. Pro Forma
Cash and cash equivalents(1)	$	19,195	$	19,195		$	278,310
Borrowings under credit facility(2)	$	—	$	—		$	—
Redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital/stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 300,000,000 common stock authorized, as adjusted and pro forma; 110,119,521 common stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 122,563,966 common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma		—		1,101			1,226
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 50,000,000 preferred stock authorized, as adjusted and pro forma; no preferred stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted and pro forma		—		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		—		341,292			713,432
Accumulated deficit		—		(58,699	)		(58,699	)
Noncontrolling interest(3)		—		(922	)		—
Limited partners’ interest		396,844		—			—
Total redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital/stockholders’ equity		396,844		282,772			655,959
Total capitalization	$	396,844	$	282,772		$	655,959

64

(1) As of August 11, 2020, we had $69.0 million of cash and cash equivalents.

(2) As of August 11, 2020, we had no principal amount outstanding under our revolving credit facility and $29.0 million of remaining availability.

(3) The LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. owned by Accenture and RBW after giving effect to the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of this offering, will be considered noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

65

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

Our as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of May 31, 2020, was approximately $(75.6) million, or approximately $(0.69) per share. As used in this “Dilution” section, (i) our as adjusted net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our as adjusted net tangible book value (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of our outstanding common stock that will be outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions but immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) our pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of May 31, 2020 would have been approximately $297.6 million, or approximately $2.43 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $3.12 per share to our Existing Holders and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors participating in this offering of $24.57 per share.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors participating in this offering:

Initial public offering price per share				$	27.00
As adjusted net tangible book deficit per share as of May 31, 2020	$	(0.69	)
Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering		3.12
Pro forma net tangible book value per share					2.43
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering(1)				$	24.57

(1) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor

The following table summarizes on an adjusted pro forma basis as of May 31, 2020, the total number of shares of common stock owned by Existing Holders and to be owned by the new investors in this offering, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our Existing Holders and to be paid by the new investors in this offering, calculated before deducting estimated discounts and commissions and offering expenses:

	Shares Purchased					Total Consideration					Average Price Per Share
	Number		Percentage			Amount		Percentage
Existing Holders		107,563,966		87.8	%	$	449,578,000		52.6	%	$	4.18
New investors in this offering		15,000,000		12.2	%	$	405,000,000		47.4	%	$	27.00
Total		122,563,966		100.0	%	$	854,578,000		100.0	%	$	6.97

66

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended August 31, 2019 and the nine months ended May 31, 2020 gives effect to (i) the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and (ii) the sale of 15,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if each had occurred on September 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2020 gives effect to (i) the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and (ii) the sale of 15,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if each had occurred on May 31, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared by our management and is based on Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.’s historical consolidated financial statements. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical consolidated financial information of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. See the notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information below for a discussion of assumptions made. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the relevant transactions occurred on the dates assumed and does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our and Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.’s financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments related to the pre-offering Reorganization Transactions give effect to the following:

• the Reorg Merger and issuance of newly-issued common stock in the Company to Apax;

• the contribution by Accenture to the Company of a portion of its equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and all of its interests in the General Partner in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company;

• the contribution by certain members of management to the Company of all of their respective equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for (i) newly-issued common stock in the Company or (ii) restricted common stock in the Company and options to purchase common stock in the Company at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant; and

• the contribution by each of the Existing Holders (other than Apax and Accenture, which will take the actions described above, and RBW) to the Company of all of their equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company.

The pro forma adjustments related to this offering give effect to the following:

• the issuance of shares of our common stock to the purchasers in this offering and the receipt of net proceeds of approximately $373.2 million from offering the shares at $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses;

• the use of $43.1 million of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by Accenture and RBW immediately following to the Reorganization Transactions, as described under “Organizational Structure.”

67

• the payment of $64.7 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Apax to repurchase up to 2,555,555 outstanding shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions;” and

• the use of $6.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees.

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 15, 2019 and will have no material assets or results of operations until the completion of this offering and therefore its historical financial position is not shown in a separate column in this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. The Reorganization Transactions will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control and Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes. This will result in the presentation of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.’s historical consolidated financial statements as the historical consolidated financial statements of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. and Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. will account for Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.’s assets and liabilities at their historical carrying amounts.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

68

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended August 31, 2019

(in thousands, except share and per share information)	Historical Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.			Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions			As Adjusted Before this Offering			Adjustments for this Offering			Pro forma Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.
Revenue:
Subscription	$	55,909		$	—		$	55,909		$	—		$	55,909
License		13,776			—			13,776			—			13,776
Maintenance and support		23,896			—			23,896			—			23,896
Professional services		77,692			—			77,692			—			77,692
Total revenue		171,273			—			171,273			—			171,273
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		24,199			—			24,199			—			24,199
License		1,970			—			1,970			—			1,970
Maintenance and support		2,781			—			2,781			—			2,781
Professional services		43,228			—			43,228			—			43,228
Total cost of revenue		72,178			—			72,178			—			72,178
Gross margin		99,095			—			99,095			—			99,095
Operating expenses:
Research and development		35,936			—			35,936			—			35,936
Sales and marketing		40,189			—			40,189			—			40,189
General and administrative		36,493			—			36,493			—			36,493
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		628			—			628			—			628
Total operating expense		113,246			—			113,246			—			113,246
Loss from operations		(14,151	)		—			(14,151	)		—			(14,151	)
Other income (expense), net		(565	)		—			(565	)		—			(565	)
Interest expense, net		(1,030	)		—			(1,030	)		—			(1,030	)
Loss before income taxes		(15,746	)		—			(15,746	)		—			(15,746	)
Provision for income taxes		1,150			—			1,150			—			1,150
Net loss	$	(16,896	)		—			(16,896	)		—			(16,896	)
Less net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests					(268	)(1)		(268	)		268	(1)		—
Net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.				$	268		$	(16,628	)	$	(268	)	$	(16,896	)
Pro forma net loss per share information:
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted							$	(0.15	)				$	(0.14	)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted								111,052,080	(2)					119,056,362	(3)

(1) The LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. owned by Accenture and RBW after giving effect to the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company and the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of this offering, will be considered noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. The pro forma adjustment reflects the allocation of the net loss of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the noncontrolling interests. The net loss is allocated based on Accenture and RBW’s aggregate economic interest in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. Upon consummation of this offering, all LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by the noncontrolling interests at the time of consummation of this offering will be redeemed or otherwise acquired. Accordingly, the noncontrolling interests’ ownership of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will be diluted from 1.6% to 0%. Therefore, there will be no noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

(2) The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “As Adjusted Before this Offering” includes the common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. that will be

69

outstanding after the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, as if such Reorganization Transactions (including the Reorg Merger) occurred on September 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “As Adjusted Before this Offering” also gives effect to the number of shares issued in the offering the proceeds of which would be necessary to fund: (i) the redemption of the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership held by Accenture and RBW that are not contributed to the Company, (ii) the repurchase from Apax of a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger and (iii) the cash settlement of outstanding equity awards of certain international employees, as if such redemptions, repurchase and cash settlements occurred on September 1, 2018. The redemption and repurchase prices, as applicable, payable to Accenture, RBW and Apax in such redemptions and repurchase are based on the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Under certain interpretations of the SEC, distributions preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of offering proceeds to the extent that the distributions exceeded earnings during such period.

(3) The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “Pro forma Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.” gives effect to the Reorganization Transactions as if they occurred on September 1, 2018. It also gives effect to the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, as if the offering occurred on September 1, 2018.

70

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share information)	Historical Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.			Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions			As Adjusted Before this Offering			Adjustments for this Offering			Pro forma Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.
Revenue:
Subscription	$	59,368		$	—		$	59,368		$	—		$	59,368
License		5,431			—			5,431			—			5,431
Maintenance and support		17,791			—			17,791			—			17,791
Professional services		70,760			—			70,760			—			70,760
Total revenue		153,350			—			153,350			—			153,350
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		24,871			—			24,871			—			24,871
License		1,347			—			1,347			—			1,347
Maintenance and support		2,475			—			2,475			—			2,475
Professional services		38,839			—			38,839			—			38,839
Total cost of revenue		67,532			—			67,532			—			67,532
Gross margin		85,818			—			85,818			—			85,818
Operating expenses:
Research and development		29,424			—			29,424			—			29,424
Sales and marketing		33,539			—			33,539			—			33,539
General and administrative		29,916			—			29,916			—			29,916
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		21			—			21			—			21
Total operating expense		92,900			—			92,900			—			92,900
Loss from operations		(7,082	)		—			(7,082	)		—			(7,082	)
Other income (expense), net		(96	)		—			(96	)		—			(96	)
Interest expense, net		(386	)		—			(386	)		—			(386	)
Loss before income taxes		(7,564	)		—			(7,564	)		—			(7,564	)
Provision for income taxes		889			—			889			—			889
Net loss	$	(8,453	)		—			(8,453	)		—			(8,453	)
Less net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests					(131	)(1)		(131	)		131	(1)		—
Net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.				$	131		$	(8,322	)	$	(131	)	$	(8,453	)
Pro forma net loss per share information:
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted							$	(0.07	)				$	(0.07	)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted								114,093,671	(2)					122,036,008	(3)

(1) The LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. owned by Accenture and RBW after giving effect to the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company and the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of this offering, will be considered noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. The pro forma adjustment reflects the allocation of the net loss of Disco Topco

71

Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the noncontrolling interests. The net loss is allocated based on Accenture and RBW’s aggregate economic interest in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. Upon consummation of this offering, all LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by the noncontrolling interests at the time of consummation of this offering will be redeemed or otherwise acquired. Accordingly, the noncontrolling interests’ ownership of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will be diluted from 1.6% to 0%. Therefore, there will be no noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

(2) The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “As Adjusted Before this Offering” includes the common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. that will be outstanding after the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, as if such Reorganization Transactions (including the Reorg Merger) occurred on September 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “As Adjusted Before this Offering” also gives effect to the number of shares issued in the offering the proceeds of which would be necessary to fund: (i) the redemption of the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership held by Accenture and RBW that are not contributed to the Company, (ii) the repurchase from Apax of a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger and (iii) the cash settlement of outstanding equity awards of certain international employees, as if such redemptions, repurchase and cash settlements occurred on September 1, 2018. The redemption and repurchase prices, as applicable, payable to Accenture, RBW and Apax in such redemptions and repurchase are based on the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Under certain interpretations of the SEC, distributions preceding an initial public offering are deemed to be in contemplation of the offering with the intention of repayment out of offering proceeds to the extent that the distributions exceeded earnings during such period.

(3) The unaudited pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding in the column titled “Pro forma Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.” gives effect to the Reorganization Transactions as if they occurred on September 1, 2018. It also gives effect to the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, as if the offering occurred on September 1, 2018.

72

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of May 31, 2020

(in thousands)

	Historical Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.		Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions			As Adjusted Before this Offering			Adjustments for this Offering			Pro forma Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	19,195	$	—		$	19,195		$	259,115	(2)(3)	$	278,310
Accounts receivable, net		29,686		—			29,686			—			29,686
Unbilled revenue		18,112		—			18,112			—			18,112
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		5,818		—			5,818			—			5,818
Total current assets		72,811		—			72,811			259,115			331,926
Property and equipment, net		19,516					19,516			—			19,516
Operating lease assets		20,491		—			20,491			—			20,491
Goodwill		272,455		—			272,455			—			272,455
Intangible assets, net		85,954		—			85,954			—			85,954
Deferred tax assets		1,016		—			1,016			—			1,016
Unbilled revenue, net of current portion		6,408		—			6,408			—			6,408
Other assets		18,222		—			18,222			—			18,222
Total assets	$	496,873	$	—		$	496,873		$	259,115		$	755,988
Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital/Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		911		—			911			—			911
Accrued liabilities		39,946		114,072	(1)		154,018			(114,072	)(3)		39,946
Contingent earnout liability		3,881		—			3,881			—			3,881
Lease liability		3,751		—			3,751			—			3,751
Deferred revenue		24,174		—			24,174			—			24,174
Total current liabilities		72,663		114,072			186,735			(114,072	)		72,663
Contingent earnout liability, net of current portion		3,100		—			3,100			—			3,100
Borrowings under credit facility		—		—			—			—			—
Lease liability, net of current portion		22,327		—			22,327			—			22,327
Deferred revenue, net of current portion		200		—			200			—			200
Other long-term liabilities		1,739		—			1,739			—			1,739
Total liabilities		100,029		114,072			214,101			(114,072	)		100,029
Commitments and contingencies Redeemable partners’ interest:
General partner interest		—		—			—			—			—
Limited partners’ interest		396,844		(396,844	)(1)		—			—			—
Total partners’ capital		396,844		(396,844	)		—			—			—
Common stock		—		1,101	(1)		1,101			125	(2)(3)		1,226
Additional paid-in-capital		—		341,292	(1)		341,292			372,140	(2)(3)		713,432
Accumulated deficit		—		(58,699	)(1)		(58,699	)		—			(58,699	)
Noncontrolling interest		—		(922	)(1)		(922	)		922	(3)		—
Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital/stockholders’ deficit	$	496,873	$	—		$	496,873		$	259,115		$	755,988

73

(1) As a C-corporation, we will no longer record redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital in the consolidated balance sheet. To reflect the C-corporation structure of our equity, we will separately present the value of our common stock, additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit. Common stock, additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit initially represents our share of Disco Topic Holdings (Cayman), L.P.’s redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital after allocation to the noncontrolling interest. Following the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to this offering, Accenture and RBW (combined) and Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. will own 1.6% and 98.4%, respectively, of the outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. In addition, we have reflected: (i) the redemption price payable to Accenture and RBW to redeem the outstanding LP Units of the Operating Partnership that are not contributed to the Company, (ii) the repurchase price payable to Apax to repurchase a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger, and (iii) the cash amount needed to settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees as a distribution accrual, which increased accrued liabilities, in the column titled “As Adjusted Before this Offering.” The redemption price payable to Accenture, RBW and Apax in such redemption is based on the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

(2) Represents the issuance of shares of our common stock to the purchasers in this offering and the receipt of net proceeds of approximately $373.2 million from offering the shares at $27.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(3) We will use the net proceeds from this offering to (i) redeem certain outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by Accenture and RBW immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, totaling $43.1 million, (ii) repurchase from Apax a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger, as described under “Organizational Structure” totaling $64.7 million and (iii) cash settle outstanding equity awards of certain international employees totaling $6.3 million. Upon consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, 100% of the outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will be owned by Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

74

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents the selected consolidated financial data of the Operating Partnership for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The Operating Partnership is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our consolidated financial statements following this offering. The selected consolidated financial data of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. has not been presented because Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. is a newly incorporated entity and has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and initial capitalization.

The selected consolidated statement of operations for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2020 have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Operating Partnership included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full fiscal year. You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with the information included under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
Total revenue	$	156,721		$	159,669		$	171,273		$	123,354		$	153,350
Total cost of revenue		63,400			64,332			72,178			51,930			67,532
Total operating expenses		116,850			101,685			113,246			83,163			92,900
Loss from operations		(23,529	)		(6,348	)		(14,151	)		(11,739	)		(7,082	)
Other income (expense), net		77			(533	)		(565	)		(312	)		(96	)
Interest expense, net		(330	)		(567	)		(1,030	)		(1,015	)		(386	)
Loss before income taxes		(23,782	)		(7,448	)		(15,746	)		(13,066	)		(7,564	)
Provision for income taxes		1,008			354			1,150			1,007			889
Net loss	$	(24,790	)	$	(7,802	)	$	(16,896	)	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end)
Cash and cash equivalents				$	13,879		$	11,999					$	19,195
Total current assets					49,100			58,514						72,811
Total assets					449,237			467,277						496,873
Total current liabilities					41,382			59,890						72,663
Total liabilities					47,370			78,211						100,029
Total redeemable partners’ interest					401,867			389,066						396,844

75

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the other financial information and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements included herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our fiscal year ends on August 31. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “fiscal” refers to the fiscal year ended August 31 of that year. For example, references to “fiscal 2019” refer to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Any reference to a year not preceded by “fiscal” refers to a calendar year.

Overview

We are the leading SaaS provider of core systems for the P&C insurance industry. We have achieved our leadership position by combining over twenty years of deep domain expertise with the differentiated SaaS capabilities and low-code configurability of our technology platform. We believe we are the first company to provide carriers with an end-to-end suite of enterprise-scale core system software that is purpose-built as a SaaS solution. Our product portfolio is built on our modern technology foundation, the Duck Creek Platform, and works cohesively to improve the operational efficiency of carriers’ core processes (policy administration, claims management and billing) as well as other critical functions. The Duck Creek Platform enables our customers to be agile and rapidly capitalize on market opportunities, while reducing their total cost of technology ownership.

Our deep understanding of the P&C insurance industry has enabled us to develop a single, unified suite of insurance software products that is tailored to address the key challenges faced by carriers. Our solutions promote carriers’ nimbleness by enabling rapid integration and streamlining the ability to capture, access and utilize data more effectively. The Duck Creek Suite includes several products that support the P&C insurance process lifecycle, such as:

• Duck Creek Policy: enables carriers to develop and launch new insurance products and manage all aspects of policy administration, from product definition to quoting, binding and servicing

• Duck Creek Billing: supports fundamental payment and invoicing capabilities (such as billing and collections, commission processing, disbursement management and general ledger capabilities) for all insurance lines and bill types

• Duck Creek Claims: supports the entire claims lifecycle from first notice of loss through investigation, payments, negotiations, reporting and closure

In addition, we offer other innovative solutions, such as Duck Creek Rating, Duck Creek Insights, Duck Creek Digital Engagement, Duck Creek Distribution Management, Duck Creek Reinsurance Management, Duck Creek Anywhere Managed Integrations and Duck Creek Industry Content, which provide additional features and functionalities that further help our customers meet the increasing and evolving demands of the P&C industry. Our customers purchase and deploy Duck Creek OnDemand, our SaaS solution, either individually or as a suite.

We sell our SaaS solutions through recurring fee arrangements where revenue is recognized on a monthly basis following deployment to the customer, which we refer to as subscription revenue. Substantially all of our new bookings come from the sale of SaaS subscriptions of Duck Creek OnDemand. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, SaaS ACV bookings represented 48%, 71% and 86% of our total ACV

76

bookings, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, SaaS ACV bookings represented 82% and 95% of our total ACV bookings, respectively. Historically, we have also sold our products through perpetual and term license arrangements, most commonly installed on-premise, where license revenue is typically recognized in full upon delivery of the software to the customer. We generally price our SaaS and license arrangements at individually negotiated rates based on the amount of a customer’s DWP that will be managed by our solutions with pre-determined fee adjustments as the customer’s DWP increases over the term of the contract, which typically ranges from three to seven years for our SaaS arrangements. We typically invoice our customers monthly, in advance, for SaaS fees whereas our term licenses are typically invoiced annually, in advance. The total cost of a perpetual license is billed in full upon contract signing.

We also derive revenue from maintenance and support services on our perpetual and term license products (primarily software updates, rights to unspecified software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis and remote support services). We recognize revenue on a monthly basis as maintenance and support services are provided to customers. We generate revenue by providing professional services for both our SaaS solutions and perpetual and term license products (primarily related to implementation services) to the extent requested by our customers. The vast majority of our professional services revenue is recognized on a time and materials basis as the work is delivered to our customers. Our customers may also choose to obtain implementation services through our network of third-party SI partners who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. Our partnerships with leading SIs allow us to grow our business more efficiently by giving us scale to service our growing customer base. We continue to grow our services organization, including increasing the number of qualified consultants we employ and investing time and resources to develop relationships with new SI partners in existing and new markets.

We sell our products and services to a wide variety of carriers, including many of the largest and most recognizable brands in the P&C insurance industry, as well as smaller national and regional carriers. Our direct sales team focuses on obtaining new customers, which includes carriers that currently operate internally developed or competing systems, as well as selling into our existing customer base, which includes marketing our SaaS solutions to our term and perpetual license customers to drive adoption of our SaaS solutions and cross-selling additional applications. We are committed to continued training and development in order to increase the productivity of our sales team, with regional sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia. Our sales team is complemented by our partnerships with third-party partners, including leading SIs and solution partners. These partners provide additional market validation to our offerings, enhance our sales force through co-marketing efforts and offer greater speed and efficiency of implementation capabilities and related services to our customers. We also engage in a variety of traditional and online marketing activities designed to provide sales support and build brand recognition and enhance our reputation as an industry leader.

We believe our strong customer relationships are a result of our ability to develop innovative technology and incorporate our deep domain expertise into products that serve mission critical functions in our customers’ day-to-day operations. We have over 150 insurance customers, of which over 50 have purchased one or more of our SaaS solutions. We had one customer, State Farm, that accounted for approximately 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue for the nine months ended May 31, 2020. We also assess customer concentration by combining customers that are under common control and considering them as one entity. On this basis we had two consolidated entities that each represented in excess of 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2019, a large multinational corporation that does business with us through multiple subsidiaries at approximately 13% and State Farm at approximately 10%, respectively. The same multinational corporation represented approximately 11% of our total revenue for the nine months ended May 31, 2020.

Key Factors and Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations

Increased focus on the sale of our SaaS solutions and resulting changing revenue mix. A central part of our strategy is to continue to grow our subscription revenue by signing new SaaS customers and increasing sales

77

to our existing SaaS customers. Additionally, over time we also expect to migrate existing term and perpetual license customers to our SaaS solutions. As a result, our software revenue mix will continue to change over time as the portion of license revenue (primarily recognized up-front) decreases and the portion of subscription revenue (recognized monthly) increases, which may make our results in any one period difficult to compare to any other period. For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, subscription revenue was 41%, 47% and 60% of software revenue, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, subscription revenue was 59% and 72% of software revenue, respectively.

Continued and increased adoption of our solutions by customers. Strong customer relationships are a key driver of our success given the importance of customer references for new sales. Our long-term relationships with existing customers provide us with significant opportunities to reach customer decision-makers and sell our product offerings that address the specific customer’s needs, allowing us to recognize incremental sales with lower sales and marketing spend than for a new customer. With the continued launch of new functionality for the Duck Creek Suite, we have the opportunity to realize incremental value by selling additional functionality to customers that do not currently utilize our full product portfolio and by encouraging existing term and perpetual license customers to adopt our SaaS solutions. As we demonstrate our value to customers, we believe we will have the opportunity to sell them additional solutions. Moreover, because our products are priced on the basis of the amount of DWP generated by our customers, we expect our revenue will grow as our customers grow their businesses.

Timing of license revenue recognition and changing contract terms. Because our offerings are typically priced based on a customer’s DWP, and our business relies on a relatively small number of high-value contracts, the license revenues recognized in any fiscal period in which we sign a term license with a large global carrier may be disproportionally higher than revenues recognized in a period in which we only sign term licenses with smaller carriers. We generally experience lengthy sales cycles because potential customers typically undertake a rigorous pre-purchase decision-making and evaluation process. Additionally, our license revenue may significantly increase in any given period in which a new license contract is signed. In fiscal 2018, we revised our contracting practices and began to sell our term licenses with an initial two-year committed term and optional annual renewals instead of our historical three to six year committed terms. This contracting change has impacted historical period-over-period revenue comparisons. However, because of our revenue mix shift to subscription and since our contracts going forward are expected to have initial two-year committed terms, this change is not expected to have a material impact on the comparability of our results in future periods. Our term license revenue accounted for 23%, 17% and 13% of software revenue during fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and accounted for 14% and 7% of software revenue during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Investment in sales and marketing organization. We plan to continue to invest in our sales and marketing efforts to grow our customer base, increase sales of additional functionality to existing customers and encourage carriers who currently operate legacy systems or use one or more of our competitor’s applications to adopt our SaaS solutions. We expect to add sales personnel and expand our marketing activities. We also intend to continue to expand our international sales and marketing organization, which we believe will be an important factor in our continued growth. Our sales and marketing expenses totaled $30.7 million, $34.2 million and $40.2 million in fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and totaled $30.0 million and $33.5 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.

Investment in SaaS operations. We will continue to invest in Duck Creek OnDemand, including through our new SaaS operations center and continued growth in the number of our cloud and SaaS operations experts, to further our goal of delivering the best experience for our SaaS customers. Personnel related costs of our SaaS operations team is the fastest growing component of our cost of subscription revenue. Our cost of subscription revenue totaled $17.0 million, $22.3 million and $24.2 million in fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and totaled $17.0 million and $24.9 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

78

Investment in technology and research and development efforts. We are committed to continuing to deliver market-leading software to carriers and believe that maintaining our product leadership is critical to driving further revenue growth. As a result, we intend to continue to make significant investments in our research and development efforts to extend the functionality and breadth of our current solutions as well as develop and launch new products and tools to address the evolving needs of the P&C insurance industry. Our research and development expenses totaled $42.8 million, $36.1 million and $35.9 million in fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $26.3 million and $29.4 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Although research and development expenses decreased in the last two fiscal years, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.

Pursuing acquisitions. We have acquired and successfully integrated several businesses complementary to our own to enhance our software and technology capabilities. We intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions that further complement our product portfolio or provide us access to new markets. For example, in August 2016, we acquired Agencyport Software, a provider of intuitive, digital experiences between carriers and their agents, brokers, consumers and policyholders; in January 2017, we acquired Yodil, LLC, a pioneer in insurance data management solutions; in October 2018, we acquired Outline Systems LLC, a provider of P&C distribution channel management software and longstanding member of our partner ecosystem; and in June 2019, we acquired the CedeRight Products business, a provider of reinsurance management software, from DataCede LLC. As a result of the contributions of these businesses and any future businesses we may acquire, our results of operations may not be comparable between periods. For fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, cash consideration for acquisitions was $2.5 million, $0.0 million and $11.6 million, respectively. For the nine months ended May 31, 2019, cash consideration for acquisitions was $9.8 million and we did not expend funds on acquisitions for the nine months ended May 31, 2020.

Mix of Professional Services Revenue. Our professional services teams ensure the successful configuration and integration of our solutions, and provide continuous support to our customers. We recognize most of our professional services revenue during initial deployment, and recognize additional revenue for services provided over the lifetime of a customer’s use of our software. Over time, a customer’s spend on professional services decreases as a percentage of their overall spend with us. In addition, although we plan on increasing our professional services headcount in the long-term, we expect to shift an increasing percentage of implementation work to our network of third-party SIs to better enable us to meet growing market demand. As a result, we expect our overall professional services revenue to increase in absolute dollars due to the growth in the number of our SaaS customers, but to decrease as a percentage of total revenue. For the fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, our professional services revenue was $75.2 million, $70.2 million and $77.7 million, respectively. For the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, our professional services revenue was $55.8 million and $70.8 million, respectively.

COVID-19 Expenses. In March 2020, we implemented various measures in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the safety of our employees. Over a two day period, we shifted 100% of our employee base to work from home and suspended international and domestic travel. As a result, we experienced a decrease in our sales and marketing expenses for the quarter ended May 31, 2020 primarily related to a decrease in travel costs. We expect this trend to continue at least in the near term, however such savings may be offset by increased costs when employees return to work and we implement measures to ensure their safety.

Recent Developments

On November 13, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 31,059,222 Class E Preferred Units to certain accredited investors in a private offering for $90.0 million. On November 27, 2019, the Operating Partnership used $72.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 14,908,429 Class A Units and 9,938,949 Class B Units held by Apax, and Accenture, respectively. On November 27, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 10,353,074 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million. On November 29, 2019, the Operating Partnership used $26.0 million of such proceeds from the

79

sale to redeem 5,383,600 Class A Units and 3,589,064 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively. On February 18, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 27,199,913 Class E Preferred Units to Drake DF Holdings, LP, an entity affiliated with Dragoneer, Insight and certain accounts and funds advised by Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC in a private offering for $90.0 million. On February 26, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 3,022,213 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $10.0 million. On February 27, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $100.0 million of the proceeds from the February 18, 2020 and February 26, 2020 sales to redeem 18,133,278 Class A Units and 12,088,848 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively. On June 5, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 50,603,459 Class E Preferred Units to certain accredited investors in a private offering for $200.0 million. On June 8, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 7,590,517 Class E Preferred Units to a certain accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million. On June 8, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $200.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 30,362,073 Class A Units and 20,241,374 Class B Units held by Apax, and Accenture, respectively. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Sale of Class E Preferred Units.”

On October 2, 2019, we amended certain of the financial covenants and extended our credit agreement for two years to a maturity date of October 2, 2021.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate our revenue from selling subscriptions to our SaaS solutions, licensing our term and perpetual software applications, providing maintenance and support services (primarily software updates, rights to unspecified software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis and remote support services) to our term and perpetual license customers and providing professional services (primarily related to implementation services) to the extent requested by either our SaaS or term and perpetual license customers. We generally price our SaaS and licenses arrangements based on the amount of a customer’s DWP that will be managed by our software solutions and may include volume-based pricing for customers managing a higher amount of DWP with our solutions. Our SaaS and license contracts generally include provisions for additional fees when the amount of the customer’s DWP managed by our software solutions exceed agreed-upon caps within defined reporting periods, which are recognized on an as incurred basis. Software revenue is comprised of subscription revenue and revenue from licenses and maintenance and support services. Total revenue is comprised of software revenue plus revenue from our professional services.

Subscription

Our subscription revenue is comprised of fees from customers accessing our Duck Creek OnDemand platform and other SaaS solutions. Revenue for a reporting period is generally recognized ratably in proportion to the total contractual DWP, beginning when the service has been made available to the customer. Our subscription revenue accounted for 41%, 47% and 60% of software revenue during fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 59% and 72% of software revenue during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Licenses

On an increasingly limited basis, we sell licenses for our solutions on either a renewable term basis or a perpetual basis. The total contractual consideration allocated to the license is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software to a customer, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Historically, our term license contracts had terms of three to six years. We began revising our contracting practices in fiscal 2018 by selling our term licenses with an initial two-year committed term and optional annual renewals, with the revenue allocated to the initial two-year license period recognized in full upon delivery of the license. As a result of our revenue mix shift to subscription, this change is not expected to have a material impact on our results

80

going forward. We expect volatility across quarters for our license revenue due to the timing of license sales and renewals. Our license revenue accounted for 31%, 23% and 15% of software revenue during fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 14% and 7% of software revenue during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Maintenance and Support

In connection with our term and perpetual license arrangements, we offer maintenance and support under renewable, fee-based contracts that include unspecified software updates and upgrades released when and if available, software patches and fixes and email and phone support. Our maintenance and support fees are typically priced as a fixed percentage of the associated license fees. We recognize maintenance and support revenue from customers ratably over the committed term of the contract. Substantially all term and perpetual license customers purchase an agreement for maintenance and support. We expect to continue to generate a relatively consistent stream of revenue from the maintenance and support services we provide to our existing license customers. However, we expect revenue from maintenance and support services to decrease as a percentage of software revenue as we continue to deemphasize license sales in favor of our SaaS solutions. Our maintenance and support revenue accounted for 28%, 29% and 26% of software revenue during fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 27% and 21% of software revenue during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Professional Services

We offer professional services, primarily related to implementation of our products, in connection with both our SaaS solutions and software license products. The vast majority of professional services engagements are billed to customers on a time and materials basis and revenue is generally recognized upon delivery of our services. We expect our professional services revenue to grow over time in absolute dollars due to customer growth and an increasing need for implementation services, but decrease as a percentage of total revenue. We believe the rate at which we sell our software will drive a greater need for implementation services that will support both an increase in our professional services revenue and an increase in demand for the services provided by our third-party SIs. Our professional services revenue generates lower gross margins than our software revenue and accounted for 48%, 44% and 45% of our total revenue during fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 45% and 46% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue has fixed and variable components and depends on the type of revenue earned in each period. Cost of revenue includes amortization expense associated with acquired technology and other operating expenses directly related to the cost of products and services, including depreciation expense. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to hire personnel, to provide hosting services, technical support and consulting services to our growing customer base.

Cost of Subscriptions

Our cost of subscription revenue is primarily comprised of cloud infrastructure costs, royalty fees paid to third parties, amortization of acquired technology intangible assets and personnel-related expenses for our SaaS operations teams, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs.

Cost of Licenses

Our cost of license revenue is primarily comprised of royalty fees paid to third parties and amortization of acquired technology intangible assets.

81

Cost of Maintenance and Support

Our cost of maintenance and support revenue is comprised of personnel-related expenses for our technical support team, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs. While we expect the cost of maintenance and support revenue will increase in the near term, it may decrease in the future if we successfully transition our term and perpetual license customers to our SaaS solutions.

Cost of Professional Services

Our cost of professional services revenue is primarily comprised of personnel-related expenses for our professional service employees and contractors, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs.

Gross Margins

Gross margins have been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the average sales price of our products and services, DWP volume growth, the mix of revenue between SaaS solutions, software licenses, maintenance and support and professional services and changes in cloud infrastructure and personnel costs. As we transition our product mix to include more SaaS customers, we expect our overall gross margin percentages to decrease in the near term due to our SaaS gross margin percentages being lower than our license gross margin percentages. Over time, we expect gross margins to increase as we onboard additional customers, achieve growth within existing customers and realize greater economies of scale.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for personnel-related expenses for our technical staff, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees for third-party development resources. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to dedicate substantial resources to develop, improve and expand the functionality of our solutions. Costs incurred in the preliminary design and development stages of our SaaS projects are generally expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. Once a SaaS project has reached the application development stage, certain internal, external, direct and indirect costs may be subject to capitalization. Generally, costs are capitalized until the technology is available for its intended use. Subsequent costs incurred for the development of future upgrades and enhancements, which are expected to result in additional functionality, follow the same protocol for capitalization.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel related costs for our sales and marketing functions, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs. Additional expenses include marketing program costs, including costs related to our annual Formation conference and amortization of acquired customer relationships intangible assets. While we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis in the near term as we continue to increase investments to support our growth, we also anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will remain relatively consistent as a percentage of total revenue.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our executive, finance, human resources, information technology and legal functions, including salaries and other direct personnel-related costs. Additional expenses include professional fees, amortization of acquired trademarks, tradenames and domain name intangible assets, insurance and acquisition-related costs. While we expect other

82

general and administrative expense to increase on an absolute dollar basis in the near term as we continue to increase investments to support our growth and as a result of our becoming a public company, we also anticipate that general and administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of total revenue.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

Certain of our acquisitions have included a component of contingent consideration to be paid to the sellers if certain performance levels are achieved by the acquired entity over a specific period of time. Contingent consideration is initially recorded at fair value on the acquisition date based, in part, on a range of estimated probabilities for achievement of these performance levels. The fair value is periodically adjusted as actual performance levels become known and updates are made to the estimated probabilities for future performance. A gain or loss is recognized in the income statement for fair value adjustments. As a result of additional acquisitions, it is possible that we will incur gains or losses in the future due to the change in the fair value of contingent consideration.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net comprise interest expense accrued or paid on our indebtedness, net of interest income earned on our cash balances. We expect interest expense to vary each reporting period depending on the amount of outstanding indebtedness and prevailing interest rates.

We expect interest income will vary in each reporting period depending on our average cash balances during the period and applicable interest rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxes in the U.S. as well as other tax jurisdictions or countries in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to current U.S. income tax. Due to cumulative losses, we maintain a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, except in certain foreign subsidiaries that generate income. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the extent to which a valuation allowance should be applied against our deferred tax assets. Realization of our U.S. deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

83

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended May 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, expressed in total dollar terms and as a percentage of total revenue:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2019					2020
Revenue
Subscription	$	39,932		32	%	$	59,368		39	%
License		9,539		8			5,431		3
Maintenance and support		18,098		15			17,791		12
Professional services		55,785		45			70,760		46
Total revenue		123,354		100			153,350		100
Cost of revenue
Subscription		16,988		14			24,871		16
License		1,467		1			1,347		1
Maintenance and support		2,171		2			2,475		2
Professional services		31,304		25			38,839		25
Total cost of revenue		51,930		42			67,532		44
Gross margins		71,424		58			85,818		56
Operating expenses
Research and development		26,339		21			29,424		19
Sales and marketing		29,962		24			33,539		22
General and administrative		27,074		22			29,916		20
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		(212	)	0			21		0
Total operating expense		83,163		67			92,900		61
Loss from operations		(11,739	)	(10	)		(7,082	)	(5	)
Other expense, net		(312	)	0			(96	)	0
Interest expense, net		(1,015	)	(1	)		(386	)	0
Loss before income taxes		(13,066	)	(11	)		(7,564	)	(5	)
Provision for income taxes		1,007		1			889		1
Net loss	$	(14,073	)	(11	)%	$	(8,453	)	(6	)%

Revenue

Subscription

Subscription revenue increased $19.4 million, or 49%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 due to a combination of sales to new customers and increased revenue generated from existing customers, which includes the full period impact of prior year sales, sales of new services to existing customers and contractual growth.

License

License revenue decreased $4.1 million, or (43)%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to our focus on selling our SaaS solutions to new customers.

84

Maintenance and Support

Maintenance and support revenue decreased $0.3 million, or (2)%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to the conversion of license contract customers to subscription customers in the previous fiscal year.

Professional services

Professional services revenue increased $15.0 million, or 27%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to growth of our existing software customer base and new customer implementations.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased $15.6 million, or 30%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019.

Cost of Subscriptions

Cost of subscription revenue increased $7.9 million, or 46%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to an increase in SaaS customers, and is primarily comprised of a $4.8 million increase in data hosting costs, a $2.5 million increase in payroll and related costs as we added employees to build out our SaaS operations team, and a $0.8 million increase in computer hardware and software costs.

Cost of License

Cost of license revenue decreased $0.1 million, or (8)%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to a decrease in royalties paid to third parties resulting from the decrease in license revenue.

Cost of Maintenance and Support

Cost of maintenance and support revenue increased $0.3 million, or 14%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to a shift in the mix of on-shore versus off-shore personnel-related costs required to support our term and perpetual license customers.

Cost of Professional Services

Cost of professional services revenue increased $7.5 million, or 24%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to a $5.8 million increase in salaries and other payroll-related costs from increased professional services headcount in addition to a $1.8 million increase in personnel-related costs due to the internal transfer of professional services headcount back to professional services from a research and development project completed in late 2019.

Gross Margins

Gross margins increased $14.4 million, or 20%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019, primarily due to a $11.6 million increase in subscription gross margin and a $7.4 million increase in professional services gross margin, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in maintenance and support gross margin and a $4.0 million decrease in license gross margin. Our gross margin percentage decreased slightly to 56% for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, as compared to 58% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019. This is primarily due to decreases in license gross margin percentage and maintenance and support gross margin percentage, partially offset by an increase in professional services gross margin percentage.

85

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense increased $3.0 million, or 12%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to a $4.3 million increase in salaries and payroll-related costs from increased headcount, offset by a $1.2 million reduction in costs due to the completion of a research and development project in late 2019.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expense increased $3.6 million, or 12%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to an increase in salaries and payroll-related costs from increased headcount.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense increased $2.8 million, or 10%, in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to a $3.1 million increase in salaries, bonus and payroll-related costs, a $0.4 million increase in computer software costs and a $0.3 million increase in facilities costs. These increases were offset by a $1.0 million decrease in accounting and legal costs.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

In the nine months ended May 31, 2020, a loss of less than $0.1 million was recognized.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net decreased $0.2 million, to $(0.1) million in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus $(0.3) million in the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased $0.6 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to lower net revolver borrowing costs.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes decreased by $0.1 million in the nine months ended May 31, 2020 versus the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily due to an increase in the deferred tax benefit in foreign entities.

86

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, expressed in total dollar terms and as a percentage of total revenue:

	Year Ended August 31,
	2017					2018					2019
(dollars in thousands)
Revenue
Subscription	$	33,453		21	%	$	42,451		27	%	$	55,909		33	%
License		25,457		16			20,969		13			13,776		8
Maintenance and support		22,650		15			26,034		16			23,896		14
Professional services		75,161		48			70,215		44			77,692		45
Total revenue		156,721		100			159,669		100			171,273		100
Cost of revenue
Subscription		17,028		11			22,272		14			24,199		14
License		2,402		2			2,121		1			1,970		1
Maintenance and support		1,913		1			2,456		2			2,781		2
Professional services		42,057		27			37,483		23			43,228		25
Total cost of revenue		63,400		40			64,332		40			72,178		42
Gross margins		93,321		60			95,337		60			99,095		58
Operating expenses
Research and development		42,815		27			36,056		23			35,936		21
Sales and marketing		30,725		20			34,158		21			40,189		23
General and administrative		39,262		25			30,670		19			36,493		21
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828		2			801		1			628		0
Transaction expenses of acquirer		220		0			0		0			0		0
Total operating expense		116,850		75			101,685		64			113,246		66
Loss from operations		(23,529	)	(15	)		(6,348	)	(4	)		(14,151	)	(8	)
Other income (expense), net		77		0			(533	)	0			(565	)	0
Interest expense, net		(330	)	0			(567	)	0			(1,030	)	(1	)
Loss before income taxes		(23,782	)	(15	)		(7,448	)	(5	)		(15,746	)	(9	)
Provision for income taxes		1,008		0			354		0			1,150		1
Net loss	$	(24,790	)	(16	)%	$	(7,802	)	(5	)%	$	(16,896	)	(9	)%

Revenue

Subscription

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Subscription revenue increased $13.5 million, or 32%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 due to a combination of sales to new customers and increased revenue generated from existing customers, which includes full year impact of prior year sales, sales of new services to existing customers and contractual growth.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Subscription revenue increased $9.0 million, or 27%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to sales to new customers in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017.

License

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. License revenue decreased $7.2 million, or (34)%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to our focus on selling our SaaS solutions to new customers and the revisions to

87

contracting practices in fiscal 2018 to sell our term licenses with an initial two-year committed term and optional annual renewals instead of our historical three to six year committed terms. These decreases were partially offset by the conversion of a large perpetual license contract to an enterprise-wide term license contract, which shifted the revenue mix away from maintenance revenue and into license revenue.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. License revenue decreased $4.5 million, or (18)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to our focus on selling our SaaS solutions to new customers and the revisions to contracting practices in fiscal 2018 to sell our term licenses with an initial two-year committed term and optional annual renewals instead of our historical three to six year committed terms.

Maintenance and Support

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Maintenance and support revenue decreased $2.1 million, or (8)%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to the conversion of a large perpetual license contract to an enterprise-wide term license contract, which shifted the revenue mix away from maintenance revenue and into license revenue, and the conversion of two license contract customers to SaaS customers.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Maintenance and support revenue increased $3.4 million, or 15%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increase in our license customer base in fiscal 2018.

Professional services

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Professional services revenue increased $7.5 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to growth of our existing software customer base and new customer implementations.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Professional services revenue decreased $4.9 million, or (7)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increasing percentage of implementation work being completed by our network of third-party SIs and a decrease in our professional services headcount.

Cost of Revenue

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Cost of revenue increased $7.8 million, or 12%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Cost of revenue increased $0.9 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017.

Cost of Subscriptions

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Cost of subscription revenue increased $1.9 million, or 9%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to an increase in SaaS customers, and is comprised of a $0.8 million increase in payroll and related costs as we added employees to build out the SaaS operations team, a $0.6 million increase in third-party software costs, a $0.5 million increase in consulting costs and a $0.1 million increase in royalties paid related to subscription arrangements. The increases were offset by a $0.4 million decrease due to eliminating redundancies in our external data hosting costs.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Cost of subscription revenue increased $5.2 million, or 31%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increase in SaaS customers, and is comprised of an increase of data hosting fees of $2.7 million, a $1.5 million increase in payroll and related costs and a $0.8 million increase in third-party software cost.

Cost of License

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Cost of license revenue decreased $0.2 million, or (7)%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to a decrease in royalties paid to third-parties resulting from the decrease in license revenue.

88

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Cost of license revenue decreased $0.3 million, or (12)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to a decrease in royalties paid to third-parties resulting from the decrease in license revenue.

Cost of Maintenance and Support

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Cost of maintenance and support revenue increased $0.3 million, or 13%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs required to support our term and perpetual license customers.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Cost of maintenance and support revenue increased $0.5 million, or 28%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs required to support our term and perpetual license customers.

Cost of Professional Services

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Cost of professional services revenue increased $5.7 million, or 15%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to an increase in salaries and other payroll related costs resulting from increased professional services headcount in fiscal 2019.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Cost of professional services revenue decreased $4.6 million, or (11)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to a decrease in salaries and other payroll related costs resulting from our decreased professional services headcount in fiscal 2018.

Gross Margins

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Gross margins increased $3.8 million, or 4%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018, primarily due to the continued transition from on premise licensing to providing SaaS in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, resulting in an increase in subscription gross margins offset by a decrease in license gross margins. Our gross margin percentage decreased from 60% in fiscal 2018 to 58% in fiscal 2019. This decrease is primarily due to a decrease in license gross margin percentage partially offset by an increase in subscription gross margin percentage.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Gross margins increased $2.0 million, or 2%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017, primarily due to the continued transition from on premise licensing to providing SaaS in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018, resulting in an increase in subscription gross margins offset by a decrease in license gross margins. Our gross margin percentage remained consistent at 60% for fiscal 2018 as compared to fiscal 2017. This is primarily due to a decrease in subscription gross margin percentage offset by an increase in professional services gross margin percentage.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expense

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Research and development expense remained consistent in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to a $0.5 million decrease in salary and salary-related costs due to lower headcount and a $1.5 million reduction in payroll-related expenses related to capitalized internal-use software costs. These decreases were offset by a $1.3 million increase in engineering software costs and a $0.6 million increase in consulting fees.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Research and development expense decreased $6.8 million, or (16)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to a $3.7 million decrease in salary and salary-related costs

89

attributable to decreased headcount in connection with cost reduction initiatives, a $1.5 million reduction in payroll-related expenses related to capitalized internal-use software costs, and a $1.4 million decrease in transition services costs related to our carve-out that did not recur in fiscal 2018.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Sales and marketing expense increased $6.0 million, or 18%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to a $5.7 million increase in salaries and payroll-related costs from increased headcount and a $0.2 million increase in costs related to marketing programs.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Sales and marketing expense increased $3.4 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in salaries and payroll-related costs from increased headcount and a $0.5 million increase in third-party software costs.

General and Administrative Expense

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. General and administrative expense increased $5.8 million, or 19%, in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in salaries and payroll-related costs from increased headcount, a $0.6 million increase in legal costs related to merger and acquisition activity, a $0.6 million increase in facilities cost due to opening additional offices in fiscal 2019, a $0.5 million increase in depreciation expense, a $0.5 million increase in third-party software costs and a $0.3 million increase in consulting costs.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. General and administrative expense decreased $8.6 million, or (22)%, in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to a $11.3 million decrease in contingent labor costs, which were incurred in 2017 to account for the carve-out from Accenture that we were able to reduce as we transitioned to a labor force, a $2.4 million decrease in professional services fees mainly due to carve-out related transition services costs incurred in fiscal 2017 that did not recur in fiscal 2018, partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in salaries and payroll-related costs due to increased headcount, a $1.5 million increase in facilities cost due to opening additional, larger offices in fiscal 2018 to accommodate a growth in headcount and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation expense.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. In fiscal 2019, a $0.6 million loss was recognized primarily due to the change in fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Outline Systems (now Duck Creek Distribution Management).

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, a loss of $0.8 million and $3.8 million, respectively, was recognized due to the change in fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Yodil (now Duck Creek Insights). The increase in losses recognized were due to higher than projected sales for acquired businesses.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Other income (expense) was relatively consistent in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018, as net losses incurred related to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar remained stable.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Other income (expense) decreased $0.6 million in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to net losses incurred related to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

90

Interest Expense, Net

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Interest expense, net increased $0.5 million in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to higher net revolver borrowing costs.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Interest expense, net increased $0.2 million in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to higher net revolver borrowing costs.

Provision for Income Taxes

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018. Provision for income taxes increased by $0.8 million in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018 primarily due to a decrease in the deferred tax benefit in foreign entities.

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017. Provision for income taxes decreased by $0.7 million in fiscal 2018 versus fiscal 2017 primarily due to an increase in the deferred tax benefit in foreign entities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash provided by operating activities and our revolving credit facility. As of May 31, 2020, we had $19.2 million in cash (this includes the impact of net proceeds received from the issuance of equity securities in November 2019), no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $1.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. We also had $29.0 million principal amount of additional availability under our revolving credit facility. While we believe our existing cash, together with cash provided by operating activities and amounts available under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our operating working capital and capital expenditure requirements over at least the next twelve months, the extent to which COVID-19 could impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the short- and medium-term cannot be predicted with certainty, but such impact could be material. Although we did not experience significant disruptions to our business during the three months ended May 31, 2020 from COVID-19, we and our industry as a whole may experience a greater impact going forward. To the extent COVID-19 has resulted in any increase to our cash and cash equivalents, including as a result of any decreases in sales and market expenses described above, such increase could be temporary. Additionally, on a longer term basis, we may not be able to accurately predict the effect of COVID-19 on our future financing requirements, which will depend on our primary cash needs that could be affected by many factors, including the number of new customers that we obtain, the renewal activity of our existing customers and our ability to both cross-sell additional functionality to our existing customers and to encourage our existing customers to adopt our SaaS solutions, the timing and extent of our research and development spending and the expansion of our sales and marketing activities. We may also face unexpected costs in connection with our business operations, including in connection with the ongoing implementation of our COVID-19 related policies and procedures. Any of the above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and require us to seek additional sources of liquidity and capital resources. For additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on the Company, see “Risk Factors—Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 outbreak, could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition”. In addition, any given time, we may be evaluating one or more potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional sources of liquidity and capital resources, including equity or debt financing, may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

As of May 31, 2020, $3.7 million of cash was held by our foreign subsidiaries. We currently do not anticipate a need to repatriate these funds to finance our U.S. operations and it is our intention to indefinitely reinvest these funds outside the United States.

91

Summary of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended May 31, 2019 and 2020

The following summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods

indicated:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2019			2020
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(2,259	)	$	8,247
Net cash used in investing activities		(13,786	)		(5,604	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		12,000			4,553
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		(4,045	)		7,196
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period		13,879			11,999
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	$	9,834		$	19,195

Operating Activities

We generated $8.2 million of cash from operating activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2020, primarily resulting from our net income, after excluding the impact of non-cash charges of $16.8 million and $0.1 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used in working capital activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2020 was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, unbilled revenue and deferred contract costs of $8.8 million, collectively, consistent with our revenue growth, offset by a $9.3 million increase in accrued liabilities mostly related to increased hosting expenses.

We used $2.3 million of cash in operating activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2019, primarily resulting from our net loss, after excluding the impact of non-cash charges of $14.1 million and $2.3 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used in working capital activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 was primarily due to an increase in other assets of $2.5 million mostly related to deferred contract costs.

Non-cash charges in all periods include depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, deferred taxes, and change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities consists of business acquisitions, purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal use software costs.

We used $5.6 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2020. Cash used in investing activities during this period primarily related to purchases of property and equipment of $3.2 million and capitalized internal-use software costs of $2.4 million.

We used $13.8 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 primarily related to our acquisition of Outline Systems LLC for cash consideration of $9.8 million, purchases of property and equipment of $1.8 million and capitalized internal use-software costs of $2.2 million.

Financing Activities

We generated $4.6 million of cash from financing activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2020, primarily related to $212.9 million of net proceeds from the issuance of Class E Preferred Units and borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $5.0 million partially offset by a $118.8 million payment for the redemption of Class A Units and a $79.2 million payment for the redemption of Class B Units, payments of principal on our revolving credit facility of $9.0 million, payments of contingent consideration of $3.5 million and costs of $2.6 million relating to proceeding with our initial public offering.

92

We generated $12.0 million of cash from financing activities during the nine months ended May 31, 2019 due to borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $12.0 million.

Summary of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

The following summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

	Year Ended August 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(11,869	)	$	11,833		$	14,833
Net cash used in investing activities		(4,042	)		(8,594	)		(19,911	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		759			(901	)		3,198
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		(15,152	)		2,338			(1,880	)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period		26,693			11,541			13,879
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	$	11,541		$	13,879		$	11,999

Operating Activities

We generated $14.8 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal 2019, primarily resulting from our net income, after excluding the impact of non-cash charges, of $3.9 million, and $10.9 million of cash generated by working capital activities. Cash generated by working capital activities during fiscal 2019 was primarily due to an increase in accrued liabilities related to an increase in our liabilities with third-party software vendors.

We generated $11.8 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal 2018, primarily resulting from our net income, after excluding the impact of non-cash charges, of $14.1 million, partially offset by a $2.3 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used by working capital activities during fiscal 2018 was primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of invoice payments.

We used $11.9 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal 2017, primarily resulting from our net loss, after excluding the impact of non-cash charges, of $1.1 million, and $10.7 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used in working capital activities during fiscal 2017 was primarily due to approximately $8.0 million of non-recurring costs related to our carve-out from Accenture.

Non-cash charges in all periods include depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, deferred taxes, and change in fair value of contingent earn-out liability.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities consists of business acquisitions, purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal use software costs.

We used $19.9 million of cash in investing activities during fiscal 2019 primarily related to our acquisition of Outline Systems LLC for cash consideration of $9.8 million, our acquisition of the CedeRight Products business for cash consideration of $1.8 million, purchases of property and equipment of $5.3 million and capitalized internal use-software costs of $3.0 million.

We used $8.6 million of cash in investing activities during fiscal 2018. Cash used in investing activities during this period primarily related to purchases of property and equipment of $7.1 million and capitalized internal-use software costs of $1.5 million.

93

We used $4.0 million of cash in investing activities during fiscal 2017, primarily related to our acquisition of Yodil for cash consideration of $2.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $1.5 million.

Financing Activities

We generated $3.2 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal 2019, primarily related to borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $12.0 million offset by payments of principal on our revolving credit facility of $8.0 million and costs of $0.8 million relating to proceeding with our initial public offering.

We used $0.9 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal 2018, primarily related to payments of principal on our revolving credit facility of $5.0 million, payments of contingent consideration of $0.9 million partially offset by borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $5.0 million.

We generated $0.8 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal 2017, primarily related to borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $2.0 million and proceeds from the issuance of Class C Units of $1.1 million, partially offset by payments on our revolving credit facility of $2.0 million and payment of deferred financing costs of $0.3 million.

Other Financial Data and Key Metrics

In connection with the management of our business, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures and identify, measure and assess a variety of key metrics. The non-GAAP financial measures and principal metrics we use in managing our business are set forth below:

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, net; other (expense) income, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation expense; amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; share-based compensation expense; and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations. Adjusted EBITDA was $(1.1) million, $13.7 million and $6.8 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $3.2 million and $8.9 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For a further discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, including the reconciliation to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

Free Cash Flow. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, less purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized internal use software. We consider Free Cash Flow to be an important measure in facilitating period-to-period comparisons of liquidity. We use Free Cash Flow in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of liquidity. Free cash flow was $(13.4) million, $3.2 million and $6.6 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $(6.2) million and $2.6 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For more information about Free Cash Flow, including the reconciliation to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

Non-GAAP Gross Margin. We define Non-GAAP Gross Margin as GAAP gross margin before the portion of amortization of intangible assets, amortization of capitalized internal-use software and share-based compensation expense that is included in cost of revenue. We believe Non-GAAP Gross Margin provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of gross margin. Non-GAAP Gross Margin was $98.0 million, $100.1 million and $103.9 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $75.0 million and $89.7 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For a further discussion of Non-GAAP Gross Margin, including the reconciliation to gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

94

Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations. We define Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations as GAAP loss from operations before amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; share-based compensation expense; and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. We believe Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations. Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations was $(2.5) million, $11.7 million and $4.4 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.5 million and $6.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For a further discussion of Non-GAAP (Loss) Income from Operations, including the reconciliation to loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income. We define Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income as GAAP net loss before amortization of intangible assets; amortization of capitalized internal-use software; share-based compensation expense; change in fair value of contingent consideration; and the tax effect of amortization of intangible assets, share-based compensation expense, and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. We believe Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations. Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income was $(9.5) million, $5.4 million and $(3.3) million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $(4.4) million and $1.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For a further discussion of Non-GAAP Net (Loss) Income, including the reconciliation to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Other Financial Data and Key Metrics.”

SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate. We calculate SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate by annualizing SaaS revenue recorded in the last month of the measurement period for those revenue-generating customers in place throughout the entire measurement period (the latest twelve-month period). We divide the result by annualized SaaS revenue from the month that is immediately prior to the beginning of the measurement period, for all revenue-generating customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. Our SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate was 107% and 114% for fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 118% and 113% for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The Company is not able to calculate a SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate for periods prior to fiscal 2018 due to data limitations associated with the carve-out from Accenture. Our calculation excludes one existing contract for a service no longer offered on a standalone basis by the Company. We believe SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate is an important metric for the Company because, in addition to providing a measure of retention, it indicates our ability to grow revenue within existing customer accounts. For more information about SaaS Net Dollar Retention Rate and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

SaaS Annual Recurring Revenue (“SaaS ARR”). We calculate SaaS ARR by annualizing the recurring subscription revenue recognized in the last month of the measurement period (the latest twelve-month period). Our SaaS ARR as of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 was $21.3 million, $30.1 million and $51.7 million, respectively, and our SaaS ARR as of May 31, 2019 and 2020 was $43.2 million and $75.8 million, respectively. Our calculation excludes one existing contract for a service no longer offered on a standalone basis by the Company. We believe SaaS ARR provides important information about our ability to acquire new subscription customers and to maintain and expand our relationship with existing subscription customers. For more information about SaaS ARR and the inherent limitations of using non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin. We define Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin as GAAP subscription gross margin before the portion of amortization of intangible assets, amortization of capitalized internal-use software and share-based compensation expense that is included in subscription gross margin. We believe Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin provides investors and other users of our financial information

95

consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of subscription gross margin. Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin was $19.7 million, $23.5 million and $35.2 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $25.5 million and $37.4 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin to subscription gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017		2018		2019		2019		2020
Subscription gross margin	$	16,425	$	20,180	$	31,710	$	22,944	$	34,497
Amortization of intangible assets		3,184		3,275		3,433		2,582		2,655
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software		—		—		—		—		205
Share-based compensation expense		52		59		21		13		10
Non-GAAP Subscription Gross Margin	$	19,661	$	23,514	$	35,164	$	25,539	$	37,367

Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin. We define Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin as GAAP professional services gross margin before the portion of share-based compensation expense that is included in professional services gross margin. We believe Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of professional services gross margin. Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin was $33.3 million, $32.9 million and $34.6 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $24.6 million and $32.0 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin to professional services gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017		2018		2019		2019		2020
Professional services gross margin	$	33,104	$	32,732	$	34,464	$	24,480	$	31,920
Share-based compensation expense		172		170		122		82		103
Non-GAAP Professional Services Gross Margin	$	33,276	$	32,902	$	34,586	$	24,562	$	32,023

Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense. We define Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense as GAAP sales and marketing expense before the portion of amortization of intangible assets and share-based compensation expense that is included in sales and marketing expense. We believe Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of sales and marketing expense. Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense was $20.4 million, $23.7 million and $29.5 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $21.9 million and $25.6 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense to sales and marketing expense, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Sales and marketing expense	$	30,725		$	34,158		$	40,189		$	29,962		$	33,539
Amortization of intangible assets		(10,080	)		(10,080	)		(10,254	)		(7,735	)		(7,710	)
Share-based compensation expense		(234	)		(338	)		(417	)		(317	)		(257	)
Non-GAAP Sales and Marketing Expense	$	20,411		$	23,740		$	29,518		$	21,910		$	25,572

96

Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense. We define Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense as GAAP research and development expense before the portion of share-based compensation expense that is included in research and development expense. We believe Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of research and development expense. Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense was $42.4 million, $35.7 million and $35.5 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $26.1 million and $29.1 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense to research and development expense, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
Research and development expense	$	42,815		$	36,056		$	35,936		$	26,339		$	29,424
Share-based compensation expense		(440	)		(395	)		(398	)		(266	)		(285	)
Non-GAAP Research and Development Expense	$	42,375		$	35,661		$	35,538		$	26,073		$	29,139

Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense. We define Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense as GAAP general and administrative expense before the portion of amortization of intangible assets and share-based compensation expense that is included in general and administrative expense. We believe Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of general and administrative expense. Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense was $37.5 million, $28.9 million and $34.4 million for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $25.6 million and $28.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A reconciliation of Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense to general and administrative expense, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is presented below for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended August 31,									Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2017			2018			2019			2019			2020
General and administrative expense	$	39,262		$	30,670		$	36,493		$	27,075		$	29,916
Amortization of intangible assets		(950	)		(950	)		(950	)		(713	)		(714	)
Share-based compensation expense		(772	)		(773	)		(1,103	)		(810	)		(747	)
Non-GAAP General and Administrative Expense	$	37,540		$	28,947		$	34,440		$	25,552		$	28,455

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of August 31, 2019 after giving effect to the amendment of the revolving credit facility entered into as of October 2, 2019:

			Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
($ in thousands)	Total		2020		2021		2022		2023		Thereafter
Operating lease obligations(1)	$	32,209	$	4,821	$	4,549	$	3,645	$	3,619	$	15,575
Debt obligations(2)		4,000		—		—		4,000		—		—
Contingent earn-out(3)		11,325		4,055		4,000		3,270		—		—
Purchase obligations(4)		19,927		8,442		8,909		2,576		—		—
Total	$	67,461	$	17,318	$	17,458	$	13,491	$	3,619	$	15,575

97

As of May 31, 2020, there were no material changes in our contractual obligations from those disclosed in the table above other than the repayment of the borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

(1) We lease our facilities under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2028. Rent expenses for leased facilities of $2.7 million, $4.0 million and $4.4 million were recognized for fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(2) Our debt consists of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and two irrevocable standby letters of credit against our revolving credit facility. As of August 31, 2019, we had outstanding $4.0 million principal amount borrowed under our revolving credit facility and had $25.1 million principal amount of additional availability under our revolving credit facility.

(3) Our contingent earn-out was due to an obligation to make additional payments to the sellers in connection with the achievement of performance levels over the three years subsequent to our acquisition of Outline Systems LLC in October 2018 and over the twelve months subsequent to our acquisition of the CedeRight Products business in June 2019.

(4) Our purchase obligations comprise non-cancelable agreements for cloud infrastructure services with Microsoft and software subscriptions with third-party vendors.

Indebtedness

On October 4, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement with a group of lenders for a revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $30.0 million that was originally scheduled to mature on October 4, 2019. On October 2, 2019, we amended certain of the financial covenants and extended our credit agreement for two years to a maturity date of October 2, 2021. Our revolving credit facility is guaranteed by the Operating Partnership and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets. Interest accrues on our revolving credit facility at a variable rate based upon the type of borrowing made by us. Loans under our revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin, or incur interest at the higher of: (i) the Prime Rate, (2) the Fed Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or (3) LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 2.0% to 3.0% depending on the interest rate basis and type of borrowing elected (eurocurrency rate loan, base rate loan, swing rate loan or letter of credit). For the nine months ended May 31, 2020, the effective interest rate under our revolving credit agreement was 6.9%. In addition to interest on our revolving credit facility, we pay a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of our revolving credit facility, as well as customary letter of credit fees. Repayment of any amounts borrowed are not required until maturity of our revolving credit facility, however we may repay any amounts borrowed at any time, without premium or penalty.

The credit agreement contains a number of customary restrictive covenants, including limits on additional indebtedness, the creation of liens and limits on making certain investments. Limits on our revolving credit facility also require compliance with the following ratios: maintaining a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA (ranging from $5.0 million to $12.0 million depending on the applicable four quarter period), and maintaining a leverage ratio that does not exceed 3.25:1.00. We were in compliance with these financial and nonfinancial covenants as of May 31, 2020.

We incurred $0.3 million of costs directly related to obtaining our revolving credit facility which have been recorded as deferred financing fees and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of our revolving credit facility. During fiscal 2017, we executed an irrevocable standby letter of credit totaling $0.8 million against our revolving credit facility in lieu of a cash security deposit for one of our office leases. Two additional irrevocable standby letters of credit were executed during fiscal 2019 and the nine months ended May 31, 2020 for $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, against our revolving credit facility in lieu of cash deposits for two of our office leases. Apart from the letters of credit, we did not have any borrowings outstanding on our revolving credit facility as of August 31, 2017 and 2018 and May 31, 2020 and had $4.0 million outstanding as of August 31, 2019.

98

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Regulation S-K, Item 303(a)(4)(ii) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, in fiscal 2017, 2018 or 2019, or during the nine months ended May 31, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The process of preparing our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates and judgments are based on historical experience, future expectations and other factors and assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The most significant estimates and judgments are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are revised when necessary. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and judgments. A summary of our significant accounting policies is contained in Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition requires judgment and the use of estimates, especially in evaluating the various non-standard terms and conditions in our contracts with customers and their effect on recorded revenue.

We derive revenues primarily from four sources:

• selling subscriptions to our SaaS solutions;

• licensing our on-premise software applications;

• providing maintenance and support services; and

• providing professional services.

The estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment under our revenue recognition policy in accordance with FASB ASC 606 are as follows:

Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that no significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will occur. The sale of our software and SaaS solutions may include variable consideration relating to changes in a customer’s DWP managed by these solutions. We estimate variable consideration based on historical DWP usage to the extent that a significant revenue reversal is not probable to occur.

In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, we have determined that our contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from customers or to provide customers with financing.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”).

The determination of SSP involves judgment. It is typically based on the observable prices of the promised goods or services charged when sold separately to customers, which are determined using contractually stated

99

prices. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, we determine SSP based on our overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including customer size and geography. The various products and services comprising contracts with multiple performance obligations are typically capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. We allocate revenue to each of the performance obligations included in a contract with multiple performance obligations at the inception of the contract.

The SSP for perpetual or term-based software licenses sold in contracts with multiple performance obligations is determined using the residual approach. We utilize the residual approach because the selling prices for software licenses is highly variable and a SSP is generally not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence. Periodically, we evaluate whether the use of the residual approach remains appropriate for performance obligations associated with software licenses when sold as part of contracts with multiple performance obligations. As a result, if the SSP analysis illustrates that the selling prices for software licenses are no longer highly variable, we utilize the relative allocation method for such arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks.

Interest Rate Risk

As of May 31, 2020, our cash balance did not include any cash equivalents or restricted cash, and we had no outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility.

To date, we have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and the functional currency of each of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Gains or losses due to transactions in foreign currencies are included in “Other Income (Expense)” in our consolidated statements of operations. We have not engaged in the hedging of foreign currency transactions to date, although we may choose to do so in the future. We do not believe that a 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on operating results. Historically, we have not hedged any foreign currency exposures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A summary of recent accounting pronouncements and our assessment of any expected impact of these pronouncements if known is included in Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, we intend to

100

rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, not having to (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or (2) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an EGC until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

101

LETTER FROM MICHAEL JACKOWSKI, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Dear Prospective Shareholder,

Thank you for taking the time to learn about Duck Creek Technologies. I hope this letter helps you understand the great opportunity ahead of us and why I am so very proud and humbled to lead this great company.

Together with our customers, we are working to revolutionize the insurance industry by delivering innovative SaaS solutions that help property and casualty (P&C) insurance carriers create impactful insurance products, make smarter, data driven decisions and deliver superior customer experiences. Ultimately, we believe that by developing modern technology solutions, we are helping insurers create a safer, more confident world for their customers.

Follow Your Passion

My career has been dedicated to the pursuit of these ideals. I have been building and running insurance technology platforms for nearly 30 years, from my early days as a developer and architect of the software that served as the foundation for our Claims SaaS solution, to my tenure at Allstate as a divisional CIO and head of distribution sales. I have seen first-hand the critical role insurance plays in protecting people’s assets and enabling them to make important decisions in their lives, like starting a business or buying a home. As an insurance professional by training, and a technologist at heart, I also understand how critical it is for technology to be flexible and configurable, enabling insurance carriers to quickly create and modify insurance products, streamline their processes and adapt to regulatory changes. I feel very fortunate to have this opportunity to lead Duck Creek and follow my passion, helping modernize insurance and contribute to the greater good of our industry.

A Specialized Workforce—Insurance Professionals with Technology Expertise

Duck Creek’s heritage is rooted in the industry we serve—we are a company built for insurance professionals by insurance professionals. From our early days, we have automated the core business processes of insurance, while still providing each insurer the ability to configure their unique products, processes, and customer service offerings. We embraced low-code configuration from the very beginning—looking for ways to build great moments of simplicity in some of the world’s most complex insurance transactions. This heritage is reflected in the commitment of our people who are experts in the field, dedicated to enhancing the underpinning of the insurance industry with their knowledge. We often talk about Duck Creek as being “built for change”, and this is equally true of the software we make and the attitude our teams bring to their work—striving for continuous improvement.

Differentiation in the Marketplace Through SaaS

Our team delivers the solutions and expertise P&C insurers need to advance their digital transformation. This has positioned us as the leading SaaS provider of core systems to the P&C industry. Our solutions provide unique capabilities that deliver a new paradigm of speed, flexibility and completeness. Many of the world’s leading insurance carriers have selected Duck Creek as their provider of choice, and we are truly thankful for their business and partnership. At the same time, digital-native carriers are selecting Duck Creek as the platform to launch their new initiatives. We are thrilled about the potential ahead of us as top carriers are increasingly selecting Duck Creek’s SaaS solution to power their mission-critical operations.

Because of the foundation we have built with our people, our culture, our technology and our customers, we see a bright future for Duck Creek. Analyst data and trends suggest that the P&C insurance industry is in the very early days of a major transition towards embracing the cloud and SaaS solutions. Our early focus on building SaaS solutions and winning SaaS customers has positioned us to lead the industry through this generational

102

change in technology. Our strong business momentum represents only a small fraction of the total opportunity that lies before us. Above all, I am confident in our future ability to pursue this opportunity because of the amazing people at Duck Creek.

Bringing our Core Values to Life

Each of our 1,300+ Ducks approach their work every day with a willingness to lead with curiosity. Our dedicated experts actively seek to understand the needs of our industry but are likewise bold and different in their thinking. We know where and how to make the biggest impact for our customers based on expertise earned through decades of hands-on industry experience and focus. We believe our deep insurance business acumen and technology expertise that are the hallmark of our culture gives us the opportunity to lead the migration of the P&C insurance industry to SaaS.

Living into our core values celebrates who we are as a company and how we behave in every relationship—with each other, our partners, our customers, our shareholders and the industry at-large. Our core values—“We Prioritize Respect,” “We Listen,” “We Care,” “We Lead” and “We Add Value”—are more than words, they embody the essence of our brand, our commitment to our customers, the way our teams deliver work and the products we build.

I am incredibly proud to have the opportunity to lead Duck Creek at this exciting time. We are poised to help our industry in profound ways and, I believe, with the dedication of our incredible team, our amazing customers, and our expert industry partners, we will help lead the insurance industry to embrace the technological advantages of the cloud. Together, I believe we will transform this very important industry.

Again, thank you for taking the time to learn about Duck Creek Technologies. We would love for you to join us on our journey.

Sincerely,

Mike Jackowski

103

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to empower property and casualty insurance carriers to extend and improve the coverage they provide to their customers and to enhance the end-user experience. We are transforming the P&C insurance industry by helping carriers reimagine their operations and shape the future of insurance to provide every person and enterprise protection from life’s uncertainties.

Company Overview

We are the leading SaaS provider of core systems for the P&C insurance industry. We have achieved our leadership position by combining over twenty years of deep domain expertise with the differentiated SaaS capabilities and low-code configurability of our technology platform. We believe we are the first company to provide carriers with an end-to-end suite of enterprise-scale core system software that is purpose-built as a SaaS solution. Our product portfolio is built on our modern technology foundation, the Duck Creek Platform, and works cohesively to improve the operational efficiency of carriers’ core processes (policy administration, claims management and billing) as well as other critical functions. The Duck Creek Platform enables our customers to be agile and rapidly capitalize on market opportunities, while reducing their total cost of technology ownership.

The core business functions of carriers are complex and data intensive, requiring large ongoing investments in domain specific technology. Heightened end-user expectations, increased competition, and new and evolving risks pose new challenges for carriers, creating the need for software that fosters agility, innovation and speed to market. However, a large portion of the P&C insurance market continues to rely on legacy technology systems that are costly and inefficient to maintain, difficult to upgrade, and lacking in functional flexibility. In recent years, some carriers have turned to newer alternatives to legacy systems. These systems have been designed for on-premise environments and lack the inherent benefits of purpose-built SaaS solutions, perpetuating the limitations, inflexibility and cost of legacy systems. By contrast, our SaaS solutions, offered through Duck Creek OnDemand, accelerate carriers’ agility and speed to market by enabling rapid, low-code product development, and protecting carriers’ unique content configurations and integrations while providing upgrades and updates via continuous delivery. We have developed a substantial SaaS customer base and believe that we have established a meaningful first-mover advantage by demonstrating the superiority of SaaS solutions for core systems in the P&C insurance industry. We began offering SaaS solutions for core systems in the P&C insurance industry in 2013 and signed our first customer in 2014. We believe competitors will have to make significant investments of time and resources in order to offer similar SaaS products.

Our deep understanding of the P&C insurance industry has enabled us to develop a single, unified suite of insurance software products that is tailored to address the key challenges faced by carriers. Our solutions promote carriers’ nimbleness by enabling rapid integration and streamlining the ability to capture, access and utilize data more effectively. The Duck Creek Suite includes several products that support the P&C insurance process lifecycle, such as:

• Duck Creek Policy: enables carriers to develop and launch new insurance products and manage all aspects of policy administration, from product definition to quoting, binding and servicing

• Duck Creek Billing: supports fundamental payment and invoicing capabilities (such as billing and collections, commission processing, disbursement management and general ledger capabilities) for all insurance lines and bill types

• Duck Creek Claims: supports the entire claims lifecycle from first notice of loss through investigation, payments, negotiations, reporting and closure

In addition, we offer other innovative solutions, such as Duck Creek Rating, Duck Creek Insights, Duck Creek Digital Engagement, Duck Creek Distribution Management, Duck Creek Reinsurance Management, Duck

104

Creek Anywhere Managed Integrations and Duck Creek Industry Content, which provide additional features and functionalities that further help our customers meet the increasing and evolving demands of the P&C industry. Our customers purchase and deploy Duck Creek OnDemand, our SaaS solution, either individually or as a suite. Historically, we have also sold our products through perpetual and term license arrangements, substantially all of which include maintenance and support arrangements. We offer professional services, primarily related to implementation of our products, in connection with both our SaaS solutions and perpetual and term license arrangements.

Substantially all of our new bookings come from the sale of SaaS subscriptions of Duck Creek OnDemand. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, SaaS ACV bookings represented 48%, 71% and 86% of our total ACV bookings, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, SaaS ACV bookings represented 82% and 95% of our total ACV bookings, respectively. ACV is calculated based on the committed total contract value of new software sales in dollar terms divided by the corresponding minimum number of committed months, with the resultant minimum monthly commitment being multiplied by twelve.

Our strong customer relationships are a key driver of our success. We believe these relationships are a result of our ability to develop innovative solutions that incorporate our deep domain expertise into products that serve mission critical functions in our customers’ day-to-day operations. Our customer base is comprised of a range of carriers, including some of the largest companies in the P&C insurance industry, such as Progressive, Liberty Mutual, AIG, The Hartford, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance, GEICO and Munich Re Specialty Insurance, as well as regional carriers, such as UPC, Coverys, Avant Mutual, IAT Insurance Group and Mutual Benefit Group. We have over 150 insurance customers worldwide, including the top five North American carriers. In addition, our customers have won numerous industry awards for innovative products that were developed with our solutions. For example, in 2018, AXIS and Northbridge won industry awards from Celent and Novarica for their products, which were built using Duck Creek solutions. In 2020, ProSight Insurance won an industry award from Novarica for core system transformation efforts using Duck Creek solutions.

We have a broad partner ecosystem that includes third-party solution partners who provide complementary capabilities as well as system integrators (“SIs”) who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. These partnerships help us grow our business more efficiently by enhancing our sales force through co-marketing efforts and giving us scale to service our growing customer base. We have relationships with over 50 companies across a diverse set of services and offerings, including fifteen SIs with over 3,000 Duck Creek implementation staff who help to implement our solutions. We maintain key partnerships with leading SIs, such as Accenture, Capgemini and Cognizant, as well as leading technology companies, such as Microsoft and Salesforce, and Insurtech start-ups, such as Arity, SPLICE Software, and Cape Analytics. These partnerships have allowed us to further build on our deep domain expertise in the P&C insurance industry, extend the value of our solutions and provide our customers with additional end-to-end functionality.

Our subscription revenues have grown significantly in recent years, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our business. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we generated subscription revenues of $56 million, an increase of 32% compared to subscription revenues of $42 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, we generated subscription revenues of $59 million, an increase of 49% compared to subscription revenues of $40 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019. We generated total revenues of $171 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, an increase of 7% compared to total revenues of $160 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, and we generated total revenues of $153 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, an increase of 24% compared to total revenues of $123 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2019. We have made significant investments in our software platform and sales and marketing organization, and incurred net losses of $17 million and $8 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and incurred net losses of $8 million and $14 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2020 and 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information.

105

P&C Insurance Industry Overview

The P&C insurance industry is large, complex and highly regulated. In 2018, the industry serviced approximately $2.4 trillion of DWP spanning thousands of carriers globally. In addition to being one of the largest global industries, we believe it is also one of the most resilient. For a majority of businesses and consumers, insurance is a necessity rather than an amenity. As a result, overall spend on insurance products has continued to grow steadily over the long-term, even across periods of economic volatility. The P&C insurance industry is fragmented by the geographies in which carriers operate, the lines of insurance they underwrite, the customers they target, their distribution strategy and the overall amount of DWP that they generate. DWP, which quantifies the gross dollar value of total premiums paid to carriers by policyholders, is a key measurement of scale for the P&C insurance industry.

Carriers sell products that protect policyholders from losses to property, bodily injury, litigation and other liabilities. Large carriers often have global operations and offer a wide range of insurance products. They are also required to organize and report financial information by country, and sometimes by state or province within a country. This creates a large portfolio of insurance products with different regulatory requirements. Smaller carriers generally have a more narrow geographic focus and/or offer a more limited set of insurance products but often still require sophisticated capabilities to manage their businesses. The Duck Creek Suite meets the most complex and sophisticated technology needs of the largest carriers, and can also be scaled to cost-effectively serve the needs of smaller carriers.

Core systems, including policy, billing and claims, power carriers’ critical operations. Core systems house the insurance product structure, such as rates, rules and forms, and generate data that allows the actuarial and underwriting staff to continuously modify and improve product offerings and provide more personalized customer service. They also manage the claims lifecycle, from first notice of loss to settlement. In addition, core systems integrate with agent and broker portals, operational data stores and data warehouses as well as business intelligence and analytics systems.

It is not uncommon for a single carrier to use multiple vendors (or internally developed applications) to provide core systems for different insurance lines or geographies, or for discrete core system processes (e.g., policy, billing, claims) within a single insurance line and geography. A carrier may use our software for certain parts of its business, and deploy solutions from different vendors for other parts of its business. As a result, we have a market opportunity to both achieve greater penetration within our existing customer base as well as increase our customer base by servicing new customers who are not currently using our products. The following diagram provides a framework for understanding the multifaceted processes of carriers:

106

Our Market Opportunity

Carriers invest substantial time and resources to develop and maintain their IT operations. We estimate that our total addressable market, representing the portion of this spending that is focused specifically on core system software, is approximately $6 billion in the United States and $15 billion globally. To estimate our total addressable market, we categorized the P&C insurance market into tiers based on DWP per carrier as reported by S&P Global, A.M. Best and Swiss Re, both within the United States and globally. We then estimated average price per DWP for our core systems solutions, accounting for tiered price discounts at different tiers, and multiplied the price per DWP by the total amount of DWP at each tier available both in the United States and globally.

Challenges Facing the P&C Insurance Industry and the Limitations of Legacy Systems

We believe reliance on legacy systems and other systems designed for on-premise environments limit carriers’ ability to respond to many of the significant challenges facing their industry, including:

• Heightened end-user expectations. Today’s end-users expect seamless and tailored experiences with every interaction, which has led to the increase in demand for digital distribution and servicing capabilities. For instance, personal and commercial insurance end-users expect improved digital experiences with real time multi-channel service.

• Increased competition in the marketplace. Carriers are diversifying into new geographies and product lines to drive profitable DWP growth. In addition, new entrants, such as upstart ‘Insurtech’ companies, are seeking to disrupt the traditional insurance market with targeted technological innovations. In response to escalating competition, carriers are investing in new technology solutions to increase speed to market and reduce operating expenses.

• New and evolving risks. Carriers are under pressure to offer new and more complex insurance products in order to address evolving use cases. Emerging risk categories, such as cybersecurity, terrorism and the sharing economy (e.g. use of automobiles for personal and commercial uses), are creating demand for new insurance products. These new and evolving risks require carriers to be increasingly agile in their product development.

• Increased size of losses in assets and the number of catastrophic events. The increased intricacy of assets, such as automobiles that include full onboard computers, has increased the cost of repairs and claim sizes. Additionally, natural disasters with large scale catastrophic losses have become more frequent. More than ever, carriers need access to accurate and complete data about risk in order to minimize their loss.

• The rise of the IoT. Carriers have predominately relied on traditional data sources for underwriting, pricing and claims handling. The rise of IoT devices, such as sensors, telematics devices and drones, is significantly increasing the amount of data available to carriers. This is enabling carriers to assess risk on a more granular level, identify losses faster, simplify claims processing and mitigate fraud. Taking advantage of the new volumes of data requires open and flexible core systems that allow carriers to move more quickly and make powerful data-driven decisions.

• Emerging capabilities and advancing technologies. Carriers can better analyze risk through enhanced pricing models, artificial intelligence and machine learning technology. These emerging technologies offer carriers the opportunity to better understand and price risk in real time and a potential competitive advantage to realize the value from data science research. As a result, carriers are more aggressively investing in technology to keep up with innovations and integrations.

These challenges are placing increased pressure on carriers to improve consumer experience, business agility and speed to market. However, many carriers rely on legacy systems or alternatives designed for on-premise environments that are difficult to change, update or integrate without significant incremental custom-code development. Carriers relying upon these systems are generally unable to manage and analyze data at the pace required to effectively guide operational and risk decisions. These systems are difficult to update without significant IT spend and efforts, resulting in higher operating costs and slower speed to market for carriers.

107

We believe that carriers will increasingly look to adopt SaaS solutions, like Duck Creek OnDemand, that are designed to enhance their organizational agility, product innovation and consumer experience, allowing them to react quickly to evolving consumer preferences and efficiently capture market opportunity, while reducing their total cost of ownership. According to an October 2019 Novarica survey, more than 70% of insurance carriers plan to expand their migration of applications to the cloud in 2020.

The Duck Creek Approach

Our solutions provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage by helping our customers overcome the limitations of existing systems to meet the challenges of the current P&C insurance industry.

• Deep domain expertise. With more than twenty years of operating experience in the P&C insurance industry, we have developed deep industry-specific domain expertise. This enables us to offer a broad range of integrated solutions embedded with smart, intuitive pre-built functionality, designed to meet the precise use-case requirements of carriers. Our software incorporates and integrates product definition templates and other key industry content from relevant third-parties (such as Insurance Services Office, Inc. and National Council on Compensation Insurance) and regulatory bodies. Our in-depth understanding of the P&C insurance industry allows us to continue to address the various and evolving needs of carriers, thereby continuing to enhance the customer experience.

• Comprehensive, future-ready offerings. Our comprehensive suite of enterprise-scale core system software is comprised of leading applications that are designed to meet the full range of our customers’ needs. We deliver upgrades that can be applied across our suite, improving common functionality across our customers’ systems. We continuously update industry content, allowing our customers to efficiently keep pace with market and regulatory changes. We also develop and maintain supplementary proprietary content that allows our customers to define, sell and service complex insurance product lines in a single integrated environment.

• Scalability for all carriers. Our solutions are designed to meet the most complex and sophisticated technology needs of the largest carriers, but can also be scaled to cost-effectively serve the needs of smaller carriers.

• Low-code configurability. Using low-code tools designed for ease, speed and accuracy, both technical and non-technical users can tailor our solutions to meet their business needs. These intuitive tools allow our customers to create new products and make changes to existing products and related workflows without custom coding, accelerating their speed to market and improving productivity. We also offer application and

108

configuration tools for technical users who design and manage business processes, user interfaces or web applications.

• Differentiated SaaS architecture. Our technical architecture is designed to keep our customers’ content configuration and business rules separated from our primary Duck Creek application and platform code. This framework allows continuous delivery of updates and upgrades to our software without disrupting a carrier’s specific business rules and definitions. By contrast, existing legacy systems and alternatives to legacy systems designed for on-premise environments typically require costly and disruptive system-wide re-coding and testing projects with each upgrade cycle.

• Open architecture. Our Duck Creek Anywhere integration strategy provides fast, easy access to the third-party data and services that customers need. This is executed through a pool of APIs, integration methodologies and partner connectors, all designed to enable our customers to efficiently leverage the services that best match their strategy.

• Unique insights. We enable carriers to use data as a strategic asset. Using Duck Creek Insights, carriers are able to efficiently gather a consolidated picture of their business across internal and third-party data sources (including data lakes, legacy systems, IoT, policy, claims, etc.), deliver critical information to execute business decisions and employ new methods of automated decision making.

• Mission-focused organization. We are driven by our mission to empower carriers to extend and improve the coverage they provide to their customers and to enhance the end-user experience. This allows carriers to reimagine their operations and shape the future of insurance to provide every person and enterprise protection from life’s uncertainties. Our strong culture and organizational ethos, coupled with a management team that has decades of leadership in the insurance software industry and is actively involved in the development of our products, drives our company to continue to innovate and deliver high-quality tools and services to our customers.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to extend our position as the leading provider of SaaS solutions for the core systems of the P&C insurance industry. The key components of our strategy are:

• Growing our customer base. We believe there is substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base across the P&C insurance industry. We have over 150 insurance customers, which represents a small portion of carriers both in North America and globally. We are investing in our sales and marketing force, specifically targeting key accounts and leveraging current customers as references. For each of fiscal 2018 and 2019, our win rate for new SaaS opportunities was approximately 60%, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, our win rate was approximately 67%.

• Deepening relationships with our existing customers. We have deep engagement with our customers; on average, each of our customers uses 2.7 of our products, with each SaaS customer using 4.9 of our products. Since fiscal 2017, we have generated over 40% of our bookings from sales to existing customers. In addition to pursuing new customers, we intend to leverage our track record of success with our existing customers by selling additional products and targeting new opportunities within these carriers. Many customers purchase our solutions to address a specific portion of their core system needs. We believe we will have the opportunity to further transition the remaining components of their core systems to our SaaS solutions and sell the Duck Creek Suite to additional business units within our customer base.

• Expanding our partner ecosystem. We have a large and expanding network of partnerships that is comprised of third-party solution partners who provide complementary capabilities as well as third-party SIs who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. These partners help us grow our business more efficiently by enhancing our sales force through co-marketing efforts and giving us scale to service our customer base. We intend to extend our network of partners who are able to drive meaningful interest in, and adoption of, our products.

• Continuing to innovate and add new solutions. We have made significant investments in research and development and intend to continue to do so. We are focused on enhancing the functionality and breadth of our

109

current solutions as well as developing and launching new products and tools to address the evolving needs of the P&C insurance industry. For example, we introduced Anywhere Managed Integrations, which allows our customers to seamlessly connect with numerous popular third-party providers’ data and service solutions, such as Lexis Nexis, Verisk and Hyland, without having to bear the technical burden and higher cost of individually integrating them. We currently offer our customers 35 unique Anywhere Managed Integrations.

• Broadening our geographical presence. We believe there is significant need for our solutions on a global basis and, accordingly, opportunity for us to grow our business through further international expansion. We are broadening our global footprint and intend to establish a presence in additional international markets.

• Transitioning our term and perpetual license customers to SaaS. Some of our customers use versions of our solutions that were purchased via perpetual or term licenses and typically are installed on-premise. We will seek to transition these customers to our current SaaS solutions, which we believe will generate increased long-term economic value.

• Pursuing acquisitions. We have acquired and successfully integrated several businesses complementary to our own to enhance our software and technology capabilities. We intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions that further complement our product portfolio or provide us access to new markets. We will carefully evaluate acquisition opportunities to assess whether they will be successful within our business model and whether they will meet our strategic objectives. We believe that through sustained execution of our disciplined and selective acquisition strategy, we will be able to effectively integrate targeted companies or assets into our model and grow our business.

Our Products

110

Our customers purchase and deploy our solutions either individually for a specific P&C insurance process or as part of a combined suite to manage all aspects of the core P&C insurance lifecycle. Our portfolio includes the following core system products:

• Duck Creek Policy. Delivers a full lifecycle solution for the development of products and quoting, binding and servicing of policies across all channels, from agents and brokers to end-users. Duck Creek Policy maintains all of the coverages, limits and exclusions that are used to create specific products. It also serves as the system of record for any endorsements, additions or changes for policies in force. We also offer Underwriting Workbench, an add-on module that extends the underwriting functionality for Duck Creek Policy by providing the ability to group quotes and policies into accounts, giving a holistic view of information relevant to underwriting.

• Duck Creek Billing. Provides core payment and invoicing capabilities (such as billing and collections, commission processing, disbursement management and general ledger capabilities) for all insurance lines and bill types. Our billing system allows carriers to implement unique business rules and handle flexible payment plans to meet customer expectations and address increasingly complex billing strategies and practices. Our technology and automation allows greater control over billing processes and better management of payment collections, which can improve our customers’ financial performance and customer service.

• Duck Creek Claims. Supports the entire claims lifecycle from first notice of loss through investigation, payments, negotiations, reporting and closure. Effective claims management is integral to carriers’ profitability and has become increasingly complex, time-sensitive and data-dependent. Duck Creek Claims provides enhanced technology, enabling greater information sharing and collaboration and providing a configuration toolset that gives all users power over the application data, screens and processes.

We also offer the following products to further enable our customers to meet the challenges and increasing demands of the P&C insurance industry:

• Duck Creek Rating. Duck Creek Rating can be implemented on a standalone basis or as a component of Duck Creek Policy. Duck Creek Rating gives carriers the ability to quickly develop new rates and models and delivers accurate quotes in real-time based on the complex rating algorithms that are unique to each carrier’s line of business. To remain competitive in today’s marketplace, insurers are re-evaluating the efficacy of their rating systems. Duck Creek Rating provides insurers with more granular risk segmentation and greater pricing precision.

• Duck Creek Insights. Insurance analytics solution that allows carriers to gather and analyze data from internal and external sources and facilitates rapid analysis and reporting on a single system. Duck Creek Insights allows carriers to use data as a strategic asset in real time, empowering them to quickly capture and leverage data across and beyond their organizations, deliver leaders and business users crucial information needed to execute intelligent actions and employ new methods of automated decision-making.

• Duck Creek Digital Engagement. Family of offerings designed to provide intuitive, multi-channel digital interactions between P&C insurers and their agents, brokers and policyholders. Duck Creek Digital Engagement offers online digital applications, including our Duck Creek Producer, AgencyPortal, Turnstile and AgencyConnect tools.

• Duck Creek Distribution Management. Automates sales channel activities for agents and brokers, including producer onboarding, compliance and compensation management, thereby reducing time spent on manual processes. Duck Creek Distribution Management helps carriers stay compliant on distribution licensing and reporting while also providing insurers the ability to quickly and effectively change producer commission plans using simple configurations.

• Duck Creek Reinsurance Management. Automates critical financial and administrative functions required by primary carriers, such as contracts, bills, recoveries and payables, to manage contractual relationships and provide settlement with reinsurance providers. Duck Creek Reinsurance Management supports all

111

reinsurance structures, provides a full audit trail and analytics and produces statements, bordereaux, cover letters, footnotes and supporting details.

• Duck Creek Industry Content. Provides pre-built content (including base business rules, product designs, rating algorithms, data capture screens and workflows) for specific insurance lines of business, such as commercial auto, inland marine and workers compensation. As part of Duck Creek Industry Content, we actively maintain and update approximately 700 web-based screens and 9,000 insurance forms across several industry standard bodies such as AAIS, ACORD, ISO and NCCI, which reduces the effort required by our customers to comply with these standards.

Our Unique Architecture: the Duck Creek Platform

Every carrier takes a distinct approach to designing the policies that it offers and the core business processes that it employs to support them. How a carrier chooses to assemble and rate the underlying elements of an insurance policy (such as the weighting ascribed to roof age for pricing a homeowner’s policy) represents its unique content configurations. For many carriers, these configurations have been built up over years of investment and development and represent a key competitive differentiator. These nuanced distinctions around coverages, limitations, rating factors and the data used to determine risk appetite and pricing can be the difference between a successful carrier and one facing losses. Additionally, the distinctive routing and handling of service decisions or claims triage can impact the cost and profitability for a carrier.

The Duck Creek Platform configuration layer serves as the development environment for carriers to create and modify insurance products (such as a commercial auto insurance policy), and the associated business rules and workflows that govern how insurance products are processed within a carrier:

• Product Design: the unique way in which carriers use individual data points (such as driving record and the make/model of a car) to design individual policies, including the coverages, limits, pricing and deductibles, such as vanishing deductibles or pay-per-mile auto policies.

112

• Business Rules: carrier-specific criteria, including the types of policies it will write, channel and distribution rules (such as giving underwriting authority to distribution partners), and customer-specific claims handling.

• Workflows: the ways in which an individual carrier manages its back office operations (such as the unique processes for handling different types of claims).

The configuration layer is separated from our solutions and platform code, and this decoupling allows customers to maintain their unique configurations even as technology advances and we provide upgrades. This architecture provides our customers with several unique advantages:

Faster innovation cycles enabled by the inheritance model. A defining characteristic of the Duck Creek Platform is our inheritance model that enables carriers to create and re-use insurance products and components of insurance products in layers which are linked together dynamically. This approach enables carriers to create new insurance products with speed and consistency.

Using the inheritance model, carriers can create a new insurance product simply by adding a new layer or tailoring a specific component in an existing layer using low-code configuration. This ensures consistency in operations across a carrier’s products using the same common base layer, while also allowing carriers to make changes efficiently across many insurance products by changing a single component within a common layer.

Importantly, our inheritance model enhances carriers’ agility and speed to market by accelerating new product development and allowing them to quickly capitalize on new and evolving opportunities while avoiding costly re-work required with legacy systems and alternative systems that were designed for on-premise environments. In addition to product designs, our inheritance model can also be applied to workflows and business rules.

Low-code configuration tools. Our low-code configuration tools allow technical and non-technical users to rapidly tailor our applications to meet their specific needs. These tools enable our customers to make meaningful changes to their products, processes or business rules with drag-and-drop authoring features and functionality without having to perform custom coding. This framework enables users to operate with speed while significantly reducing software development costs.

113

User Experience. Our platform enables carriers to build differentiated user experiences. Using the Duck Creek Design System along with low-code configuration tools, carriers can create experiences based on each user persona’s preferred engagement channel or deliver experiences designed using Duck Creek tools via third-party interfaces. The Duck Creek Design System encapsulates years of industry research into a best practice library that supports the needs of the various users of core systems – from agents to customer service professionals to policyholders and others.

Anywhere Integrations. In today’s insurance market, every transaction, workflow and decision must be informed by as much data and knowledge as possible and leverage services from internal and external sources to complete end-to-end processes. Openness to integration with third-party services, including the ability to work with the expanding world of Insurtech services and evolving artificial intelligence and machine learning technology, is critical to a carrier’s success. Through a robust set of REST APIs, integration accelerators and partner connectors, the open architecture of the Duck Creek Platform allows carriers to quickly and easily choose from the available services and provides them with the flexibility to leverage the tools and capabilities that best match their business strategy.

Our Customers

We have over 150 insurance customers, including the top five North American insurance carriers. Many of our customers serve multiple lines of insurance (including personal, commercial and specialty) and are leaders among each of these distinct categories. In addition, certain of our customers operate our solutions across multiple countries. Our customers, many of which we have had long-term relationships with, range from large national and multi-national carriers, such as Progressive, Liberty Mutual Insurance, AIG, The Hartford, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance, GEICO and Munich Re Specialty Insurance to regional carriers, such as UPC Insurance, Farm Bureau Financial, Avant Mutual, IAT Insurance Group and Mutual Benefit Group. Over 60 of our insurance customers use one or more of our SaaS products, including over 30 insurance customers that use our SaaS core system products.

When utilizing our solutions, products, and platform, many customers benefit from increased agility, greater flexibility, and overall lower total cost of ownership. The case studies below illustrate the benefits that certain of our customers have achieved using our platform:

Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance

Situation: Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance (“BHSI”) was founded in 2013 with the goal of creating a strong P&C insurance company from scratch. With no existing IT infrastructure or staff at the time, BHSI aimed to launch over forty products in eighteen months, and in wanting to keep future IT costs low, sought out our full-service SaaS solutions in 2013.

Solutions and Benefits:

• Highlighting the overall agility of our SaaS platform in May 2014, BHSI implemented Duck Creek Policy and Duck Creek Claims through Duck Creek OnDemand ahead of schedule (within two and seven months, respectively).

• Over the course of our relationship, BHSI has adopted the full Duck Creek Suite, including Duck Creek Insights, to build their data and analytics capabilities.

• Using Duck Creek OnDemand as a single platform, BHSI has successfully gone from a startup to handling $2 billion in DWP since its inception and now has over 100 products and nine lines of business across the entire United States, as well growing internationally, with a presence in over thirteen other countries.

• BHSI has maintained industry leading IT cost efficiency due in part to their utilization of our SaaS solutions, which provide a breadth of built-in P&C insurance line of business expertise.

114

• While BHSI’s competitors can take months or years to introduce products to the market, BHSI, leveraging the low-code configurability of the Duck Creek Platform, regularly introduces products in weeks.

GEICO

Situation: GEICO looked to modernize their policy administration and billing platforms using cloud-based technology for its complete book of business, including one of the largest auto insurance businesses in North America.

Solution and Benefits:

• GEICO initially brought a new umbrella insurance product live in just over twelve months to all 50 U.S. states, enabling better cross-sell of umbrella to their policyholders.

• The new platform is now live, supporting auto across the United States, representing one of the largest auto books and enabling GEICO to continue to lead the industry in customer satisfaction scores.

Rolling out Duck Creek Policy in the cloud has enabled GEICO to more rapidly improve the customer experience and drive efficiencies in its operations.

Munich Re Specialty Insurance

Situation: Organized in late 2018 as a greenfield division of Munich Re, MRSI set out to deliver specialty insurance, simplified. As part of their build-out they needed to deliver a full suite of core system capabilities for their agents, brokers and insureds.

Solution and Benefits:

• In just 90 days, MRSI went live with a single line of business minimum viable product utilizing the full Duck Creek Suite using Duck Creek OnDemand.

• Leveraging Duck Creek’s out-of-the-box capabilities helped MRSI deliver a world-class experience on a scalable platform.

The new platform enables MRSI’s underwriting, claims and operations teams, as well as their business partners, with the speed and efficiency delivered via Duck Creek OnDemand. As a result, Munich Re Specialty Insurance is positioning itself for significant, efficient and profitable growth.

Coverys

Situation: Coverys is a nationally recognized medical professional liability insurer and a leader in helping the medical community address the challenges of healthcare delivery in today’s rapidly changing landscape. With over 40 years of experience, they service roughly $500 million in direct written premium. Coverys, like many insurers today, wanted to transition from existing on-premise systems to SaaS solutions in order to take advantage of the continuous delivery of upgrades and maintenance, as well as the other efficiencies provided by SaaS solutions that free up IT resources to further focus on innovation and customer experience.

Solutions and Benefits:

• Coverys originally deployed the full Duck Creek Suite on-premise in 2015 to replace a series of outdated legacy systems and modernize their capabilities to serve both agents and end-users.

• Once live in February 2015, the Duck Creek Suite enabled Coverys to reduce the time required to book new coverage by 50%.

115

• Coverys is now transitioning from an on-premise user to a subscriber of our full SaaS suite, Duck Creek OnDemand, enabling Coverys to further improve their speed-to-market while offloading the burden of their day-to-day systems management.

Cerity

Situation: Founded in 2018 as a greenfield division of Employers Insurance Company, Cerity’s goal is to re-think the digital experience for business insurance. Their business model is focused on selling complex workers compensation directly to small-businesses through a straightforward digital experience.

Solution and Benefits:

• Starting with no technological infrastructure and only four employees, in February 2019 Cerity delivered a fully-functional insurance solution in less than one year.

• Leveraging our out-of-the-box capabilities to deliver a breakthrough digital experience, Cerity credits the low-code configurability of our solutions as one of the drivers of their rapid speed to market.

Cerity successfully launched in Illinois and then quickly followed by expanding to 40 additional states across 100+ business types by May 2020. The flexibility of Duck Creek OnDemand and our rich industry content has enabled them to quickly add new products and functions in new jurisdictions.

Sales and Marketing

We have made significant investments in our sales and marketing efforts. As of May 31, 2020, our sales and marketing organization included 155 employees. The majority of our sales and marketing strategies are focused on driving SaaS bookings growth. Our chief marketing officer and chief revenue officer, together with our sales, marketing and executive teams, promote our global brand by working to cultivate long-term relationships with current and prospective customers and other key industry influencers in each of the geographies in which we are active.

We sell our solutions and services through a direct sales team, comprised of our inside sales team, territory-based sales directors, and solutions consultants. Our inside sales team focuses on initiating contact with prospective customers and generating interest in cross-selling opportunities with existing customers. Our territory-based sales directors oversee sales to new or existing customers, and as part of the sales and marketing process, engage our solution consultants. Our solution consultants possess deep insurance domain expertise and are also experts in the technical aspects of our solutions and customer implementations. They engage with customers to understand their specific business needs and also present live demonstrations of our products that can be tailored to address those needs. Our solution consultants play a critical role in demonstrating the robust and complex features of our applications and helping carriers build an understanding of how to successfully integrate the Duck Creek Platform into their operations.

Our partnerships are also an important aspect of our sales and marketing strategy. We have a broad partner ecosystem that includes third-party solution partners who provide complementary capabilities as well as third-party SIs who provide implementation and other related services to our customers. These partnerships provide additional market validation to our offerings, enhance our sales force through co-marketing efforts and offer greater speed and efficiency of implementation capabilities and related services to our customers. We have relationships with over 50 different companies across a diverse set of services and offerings. These relationships include partnerships with leading SIs, such as Accenture, Capgemini, Cognizant and Mindtree. Over the past three fiscal years, we have grown the number of professionals in Duck Creek practices within these delivery partners from approximately 700 to over 3,000. We also maintain relationships with leading technology companies and solution providers, such as Microsoft, Salesforce, Hyland, Verisk and Lexis Nexis, and Insurtech start-ups, such as Arity, SPLICE Software, and Cape Analytics. These partnerships enhance the value of our solutions and provide our customers with additional end-to-end functionality.

116

We engage in a variety of traditional and online marketing activities designed to provide sales support, build brand recognition and enhance our reputation as an industry leader. Our marketing efforts help articulate our vision of how Duck Creek can shape the future of P&C insurance with affordable, flexible and open technology. Through our integrated marketing strategy we drive demand and brand recognition by leveraging digital advertising, search engine optimization, webinars, social media, thought leadership and various event-based marketing. We participate at industry conferences, are published frequently in the industry press and have active relationships with the major industry analysts. Additionally, we host an annual user conference, Formation, where our customers both participate in and deliver presentations on a wide range of Duck Creek and insurance technology topics. Formation facilitates discussions among industry participants and serves as a great resource for tips on using our platform and industry best practices. We also invite potential customers and partners to Formation as we believe customer references are a key component of driving new sales. We believe we are able to capitalize on the resulting network effect as we build goodwill through customer reviews and testimonials, word-of-mouth referrals and references from other industry participants.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts focus on enhancing our offerings, in particular our SaaS solutions, to help our customers improve their operations, drive greater digital engagement with their customers, agents and brokers and gather, store and analyze data to improve business decisions. As of May 31, 2020, our research and development team was comprised of 393 employees, including product management and engineering personnel.

We make meaningful investments in developing the product definitions and integrations necessary for our solutions to meet the market requirements of each P&C insurance line-of-business and country or state in which we sell our solutions. This market-segment specific functionality must be updated regularly in order to stay current with regulatory changes in each market. We rely heavily on input from our customers in developing products that meet their needs. Our product management team leads our research and market validation efforts and provides guidance to management and our engineering team based on their collective domain expertise and in-depth knowledge and understanding of our customers, as well as their expertise in general technology advancements beyond the P&C insurance industry. As a result, our product management team engages regularly with customers, partners and other industry participants, as well as our customer service, sales and marketing and research and development organizations. Our product management team manages our development projects generally and serves to align separate functions within the company with a single strategic vision.

Our product and engineering teams are responsible for the design, development and testing of our products. They work together to launch new products and functionality as well as continuously enhance and support our existing products. These teams include both technology and insurance experts. We leverage a collaborative, team-based and test-driven approach to engineering so we can release new code frequently. We believe that the pace of change in the P&C insurance industry requires a steady stream of the continuous delivery of upgrades to our software solutions, which incrementally improve the user experience, core processes and insurance products.

SaaS Operations, Security and Compliance

We invest significantly in our Duck Creek OnDemand operations team, which is one of the fastest growing elements of our business and is responsible for all aspects of service delivery for Duck Creek OnDemand. This includes the full management of the network and cloud infrastructure that supports our applications as well as the day-to-day management to ensure the availability of applications, including through triage and ticket management to support our customers. In addition, our security team, led by the Chief Information Security Officer, manages both security operations as well as policies to ensure security is proactively built into our products and services. Our security and operations teams are based in our state-of-the-art SaaS Operations Center in Rosemont, Illinois, with additional team members located in geographies that enable around-the-clock coverage for critical customer operations. In addition to the investments we make in our security and operations teams, we continue to build on our technology tools and strong partner relationships, including our investments

117

in best-in-class security and monitoring tools and our unique ongoing partnership with Microsoft’s Azure team, which helps us to provide for the smooth and efficient operation of Duck Creek OnDemand.

Competition

The market for core system software for the P&C insurance industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Increased spending by carriers on software applications and the emergence of new platforms that have expanded from the modernization of core systems to include new digital engagement and data and analytics solutions have generated significant interest among investors and entrepreneurs. Increased capital allows market participants to adopt more aggressive go-to-market strategies, improve existing products, introduce new ones and consolidate with other vendors. This market is also subject to changing technology preferences, shifting customer needs and the introduction of new models, products and services, which fosters a highly competitive market. Additionally, existing relationships between potential customers and our competitors may make selling our solutions to such customers challenging due to the high costs and risk of business interruption associated with switching providers. Our current and future competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer, and may be larger, have longer operating histories or have greater available financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as larger installed customer bases. Our current principal competitors include, but are not limited to:

• Internally Developed Technology and Software: Many large insurance companies have sufficient IT resources to develop and maintain proprietary internal systems, or to consider developing new custom systems. Often these in-house technology programs will be supported by large scale consulting firms such as IBM, Wipro, Cognizant and others.

• P&C Insurance Software Vendors: Vendors such as Guidewire, Insurity, Majesco, Sapiens and others provide software products that are specifically designed to meet the needs of carriers.

• Horizontal Software Vendors: Vendors such as Oracle, SAP, Pegasystems and others provide software that can be customized to address the needs of carriers.

• IT Services Firms: Firms such as DXC Technology, NTT Data and Tata Consultancy Services Limited offer software and systems that can be developed for the P&C insurance industry.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include, but are not limited to:

• breadth and depth of product functionality;

• line of business support that fits the needs of each element of a carrier’s business;

• total cost of ownership;

• domain expertise in the P&C insurance industry;

• scalability, reliability and uptime of applications;

• quality of implementation and collaborative customer service, including service and support staff for users;

• modern and intuitive technology and user experience;

• brand awareness, reputation and customer references; and

• integration with a wide variety of third-party applications and systems.

Our ability to remain competitive in the geographies in which we are active will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in these areas.

118

Intellectual Property

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology and to establish and adequately protect our intellectual property rights. To accomplish these objectives, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections.

As of May 31, 2020, we owned 12 issued U.S. patents. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire between September, 2020 and January, 2032. The competitive advantages from the rights granted under our patents and the exact protection these patents provide cannot be predicted with certainty. Our existing patents, and any future patents, may be contested, circumvented or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third-parties from infringing these patents. We anticipate filing additional patent applications to protect our rights in the future to the extent it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We also rely on certain registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. We have registered the trademarks “Duck Creek” and related design marks in the United States and certain other jurisdictions. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered tradenames or trademarks that incorporate variations of our tradenames or trademarks. Any claims or customer confusion related to our tradenames or trademarks could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, we seek to protect our intellectual property rights by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with third-parties. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy or use our proprietary information to create products or services that compete with ours. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights can be difficult. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights depends on any legal actions, which can be costly and time consuming, against infringers being successful, which may not always be the case even when our rights have been infringed.

Employees

As of May 31, 2020, we had 1,355 employees and 48 contingent employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we focus heavily on employee engagement.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in 30,000 square feet of leased office space at 22 Boston Wharf Road, Boston, MA, pursuant to a lease that expires in 2028. We lease an aggregate of 160,000 square feet for our offices in Barcelona, Spain; Basking Ridge, New Jersey; Bolivar, Missouri; Chandigarh, India; Chennai, India; Columbia, South Carolina; London, United Kingdom; Mumbai, India; Portsmouth, New Hampshire; Rosemont, Illinois; and Sydney, Australia, pursuant to leases that expire between 2021 and 2027. We do not own any real property. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our present needs and suitable additional facilities will be available as needed on commercially reasonable terms.

Regulations

The legal environment of cloud-based software businesses is evolving in the United States and other jurisdictions, and we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and abroad that involve matters central to our business. Many of these laws and regulations are still evolving and being tested in courts, and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. These may involve privacy, data protection and personal

119

information, content, intellectual property, data security and data retention and deletion. In particular, we are subject to federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of people’s data. Foreign data protection, privacy, content and other laws and regulations can impose different obligations or be more restrictive than those in the United States. United States federal and state and foreign laws and regulations, which in some cases can be enforced by private parties in addition to government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. As a result, the application, interpretation, and enforcement of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the new and evolving industry in which we operate, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current policies and practices.

Our customers upload to and store customer data in our cloud-based platform. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as consumer privacy rights or intellectual property rights. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations regarding the data stored and processed on our cloud-based platform as well as in the operation of our business. For example, the European Union’s GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018, and has resulted and will continue to result in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with users and operations in the European Union. Under GDPR, fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenues of the infringer, whichever is greater, can be imposed for violations. The GDPR imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data and could make it more difficult and/or more costly for us to use and share personal data. Further, Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear whether the United Kingdom will enact data protection laws or regulations designed to be consistent with GDPR and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated. In addition, California recently adopted the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, and limits how we may collect and use personal data. The impact of this law on us and others in our industry is and will remain unclear until additional regulations are issued. The effects of the CCPA are potentially far-reaching, however, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur substantial compliance-related costs and expenses. Non-compliance with these laws could result in penalties or significant legal liability. We have invested, and continue to invest, human and technology resources into our GDPR compliance efforts and our data privacy compliance efforts generally.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of conducting our business, we have in the past and may in the future become involved in various legal actions and other claims. We may also become involved in other judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Some of these matters may involve claims of substantial amounts. These legal proceedings may be subject to many uncertainties and there can be no assurance of the outcome of any individual proceedings. We do not presently anticipate any material legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

120

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date hereof after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction.

Name	Age	Position
Michael Jackowski	51	Director and Chief Executive Officer
Vincent Chippari	60	Chief Financial Officer
Matthew Foster	48	Chief Operating Officer
Eugene Van Biert Jr.	41	Chief Revenue Officer
Anirban Dey	48	Chief Product and Technology Officer
Scott Fitzgerald	46	Chief Marketing Officer
Eva Huston	49	Chief Strategy Officer
Kathy Crusco	55	Director
Roy Mackenzie	49	Director
Domingo Miron	55	Director
Charles Moran	65	Director
Stuart Nicoll	53	Director
Francis Pelzer	49	Director
Larry Wilson	74	Director
Jason Wright	48	Director

Michael Jackowski has served as a director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since August 2016, and was a managing partner at Accenture from September 2011 to August 2016. Prior to joining Accenture, Mr. Jackowski held several leadership roles at The Allstate Corporation from 2004 until 2011, including the role of senior vice president of technology and operations. Prior to joining Allstate, Mr. Jackowski was a managing partner for Accenture’s global claims and underwriting practice in the financial services group from 1992 until 2004. Mr. Jackowski received a B.A. from Iowa State University in Electrical Engineering.

Vincent Chippari has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since September 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Chippari was managing director and chief financial officer of Interactive Data Corp. from October 2010 until June 2016. Mr. Chippari has also previously served as chief financial officer of FleetMatics Group, from January 2009 until October 2010, and NameMedia, Inc., from August 2006 until January 2009, chief strategy officer of Thomson Healthcare, from May 2005 until August 2006, and executive vice president and chief financial officer of Information Holdings Inc., from 1998 until 2004. Mr. Chippari received a B.S.B.A. from Bryant University and an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut.

Matthew Foster has served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since August 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Foster was an Executive Partner at Accenture and held several leadership roles from August 1994 through August 2016, including the roles of Chief Technology Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the P&C software group. Mr. Foster received a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University.

Eugene Van Biert Jr. has served as Chief Revenue Officer of the Company since November 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Van Biert held several leadership roles at Skillsoft Corporation from 2001 until February 2016, including the role of vice president and general manager of global compliance solutions. Mr. Van Biert has a B.A. from Lafayette College, and M.B.A. from Carroll School of Management, Boston College and completed the General Management Program at Harvard Business School.

Anirban Dey has served as Chief Product and Technology Officer of the Company since September 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Dey served as chief technology officer at Vertafore, Inc. from August 2017 until June 2018. Prior to joining Vertafore, Mr. Dey was the global head and chief business officer of EdgeVerve

121

from March 2015 until July 2017. Prior to joining EdgeVerve, Mr. Dey held leadership roles at SAP Concur and SAP Labs, from September 2014 until March 2015 and January 2008 until June 2014, respectively. Prior to joining SAP, Mr. Dey was with Oracle from January 1998 until December 2007. Mr. Dey holds a B. Tech from the Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, an M.S. in Engineering from the University of Nebraska, Lincoln and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkley.

Scott Fitzgerald has served as Chief Marketing Officer of the Company since March 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Fitzgerald was SVP of Marketing for BlueSnap, Inc. from July 2015 until March 2017. Mr. Fitzgerald has also previously served as VP, Marketing and VP, Product Line Manager of ACI Worldwide, Inc. from September 2010 to July 2015. Mr. Fitzgerald held various leadership positions at CA Technologies from December 2003 to September 2010. Prior to joining CA, Mr. Fitzgerald was with Cisco Systems, Inc. and American Power Conversion, Inc. from 2000-2002 and 1996-2000 respectively. Mr. Fitzgerald received a B.A. from Union College and an M.B.A. from the Babson F.W. Olin Graduate School of Business.

Eva Huston has served as Chief Strategy Officer of the Company since August 2020. Ms. Huston also currently serves as an independent director and member of the audit committee for CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I (NYSE: PCPL). Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Huston was the Chief Financial Officer at Verisk Analytics from June 2016 to November 2017, and a consultant November 2017 to March 2018. She also served in various other roles at Verisk Analytics, including Treasurer and Chief Knowledge Officer and Head of Investor Relations from September 2009 to June 2016. Previously, Ms. Huston was a Managing Director in telecom, media and technology investment banking at JP Morgan Chase & Co. Ms. Huston received a B.S. in Foreign Service from Georgetown University.

Kathy Crusco has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since February 2020. Ms. Crusco served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Kony, Inc., a privately-held provider of digital experience applications for banking and low-code application development platform solutions, from December 2017 to January 2020. Prior to Kony, Inc., Ms. Crusco served as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Epicor Software Corporation, a privately-held software company. Ms. Crusco joined Epicor in May 2011 when the company merged with Activant Solutions, Inc., a business management software company where she served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2007 to November 2010, then as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Crusco also spent five years at Polycom, including serving as Vice President of Worldwide Finance. Ms. Crusco has been a member of the board of directors of (i) Calix since September 2017, (ii) Poly (formerly Plantronics, Inc.) since August 2018 and (iii) QAD since December 2019. Ms. Crusco was previously a member of the board of directors of Mitchell International from December 2013 to May 2018. Ms. Crusco holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an emphasis in accounting from California State University, Chico. We believe that Ms. Crusco is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive financial leadership and strategy management experience.

Roy Mackenzie has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since April 2016. Since January 2003, Mr. Mackenzie has held roles at Apax, most recently serving on the Investment Committee and as a member of the Tech & Telco investment team. Prior to joining Apax, Mr. Mackenzie held roles at McKinsey & Company from 1993 to 1995 and then again from 1999 to 2000, where he specialized in the technology sector. Mr. Mackenzie holds an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business and a Master of Engineering from Imperial College, London. We believe that Mr. Mackenzie is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive technology and finance industry experience.

Domingo Miron has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since September 2019. Since January 1989, Mr. Miron has held roles at Accenture, most recently as the group chief executive of Accenture Financial Services. Mr. Miron holds a degree in mathematics from Complutense University of Madrid and is a graduate of the Management Development Program at IESE Business School, University of Navarra. We believe that Mr. Miron is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive accounting experience.

122

Charles Moran has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since November 2016. Mr. Moran was the founder and served as the chief executive officer and president and Chairman of Skillsoft Plc from 1998 until December 2015. Prior to Skillsoft, Mr. Moran was the president and chief executive officer of National Education Training Group, Inc. from 1995 until 1997. Mr. Moran served as the chief financial officer and chief operations officer of Softdesk, Inc. from 1993 until 1994. Mr. Moran currently serves on the board of directors of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and Commvault Systems, Inc., and currently serves as an advisor to multiple private equity firms. Mr. Moran has previously served as a director of Clarivate PLC, Skillsoft Plc, Higher One Holdings, Inc. and Workgroup Technology Corporation. Mr. Moran holds a B.S. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from Suffolk University. We believe that Mr. Moran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive technology industry experience.

Stuart Nicoll has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since August 2016. Mr. Nicoll has served as the senior managing director of Corporate Development for Accenture since 2009 and has worked for Accenture since 1997. Prior to Accenture, Mr. Nicoll started his career at KPMG in audit and transaction services roles before serving in a commercial director role at Electronic Data Systems. Mr. Nicoll received a B.A. in business administration from Manchester Metropolitan University and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. We believe that Mr. Nicoll is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive accounting experience.

Francis Pelzer has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since March 2019. Mr. Pelzer has served as the executive vice president and chief financial officer of F5 Networks since 2018. Prior to F5 Networks, Mr. Pelzer served as the president and chief operating officer of the cloud business group at SAP Software Solutions from December 2014 until May 2018. Prior to SAP, Mr. Pelzer served as chief financial officer of Concur Technologies from May 2010 until it was acquired by SAP in 2014. Mr. Pelzer serves on the board of directors of Benefitfocus, Inc. and Modumetal, Inc. Mr. Pelzer received a B.A. from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe that Mr. Pelzer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive technology and finance industry experience.

Larry Wilson has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since November 2016. Mr. Wilson served as the chief executive officer of Policy Management Systems Corporation from 1981 until the company merged with Computer Sciences Corporation in 2000. Mr. Wilson previously serviced on the board of directors of Assured Partners from 2005 until 2020, Worley Companies, Inc. from 2014 until 2018, Ventus Risk Management, Chairman from 2016 until 2019 and FINEOS, Dublin, Ireland 2012 to 2017. Mr. Wilson received a B.S. in marketing and an M.B.A. from the University of South Carolina and is a Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriter. We believe that Mr. Wilson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive technology industry experience.

Jason Wright has served as a member of the Company’s board of directors since April 2016 and currently serves as the Chairman. He joined Apax in 2000 and is a Partner in the Tech & Telco team. He currently serves on the board of directors of Paycor, Inc., ECi Software Solutions, Inc., Verint Systems Inc. (Nasdaq: VRNT), Tivit Terceirização De Processos, Serviços e Tecnologia S.A. and RealPage, Inc. (Nasdaq: RP). He has previously served on the board of directors of Aptos Technology Inc., Exact Holding B.V., TriZetto Corporation, Epicor Software Corporation, Paradigm Holdings Inc., Plex Systems, Inc., Planview, Inc. and Spectrum Labs, Inc. Prior to joining Apax, Mr. Wright served in a variety of roles at GE Capital from 1995 to 1998, including principal investing on behalf of GE Ventures. Previously, he worked at Accenture designing and implementing systems for the financial services and pharmaceutical industries. Mr. Wright serves on the Graduate Executive Board of the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and is a Trustee of the Apax Foundation. He is Chairman Emeritus and a current board member of the Opportunity Network, an education-focused charity in New York City. Mr. Wright received a B.A. in Economics from Tufts University and an MBA in Finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Wright is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive technology and finance industry experience.

123

Board of Directors

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the number of directors of our board shall be established from time to time by our board. Immediately after this offering, our board of directors will initially be composed of nine members. Jason Wright will serve as the chairman of the board of directors.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our board of directors will be designated as follows:

• The Class I directors will be Charles Moran, Stuart Nicoll and Jason Wright, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

• The Class II directors will be Roy Mackenzie, Domingo Miron and Francis Pelzer, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

• The Class III directors will be Mike Jackowski, Kathy Crusco and Larry Wilson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, each director in the class, or the successor to each such director in the class, will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following his or her election and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Organizational Documents.”

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Kathy Crusco, Charles Moran, Francis Pelzer and Larry Wilson are “independent directors” as defined under the listing requirements of NASDAQ. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” In addition to determining whether each director satisfies the director independence requirements set forth in the listing requirements of NASDAQ, in the case of members of the audit committee and compensation committee, our board of directors will also make an affirmative determination that such members also satisfy separate independence requirements and current standards imposed by the SEC and NASDAQ regulations for audit committee members and by the SEC, NASDAQ and the IRS for compensation committee members.

Other than Charles Moran and his son-in-law, Eugene Van Biert Jr., there are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Controlled Company Exemption

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement to be entered into prior to the consummation of this offering in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be required to take all necessary action to cause our

124

board of directors to include individuals designated by Apax and Accenture pursuant to certain ownership thresholds. Apax and Accenture, individually, will be required to vote all of their shares, and take all other necessary actions, to cause our board of directors to include the individuals designated as directors by Apax and Accenture (as applicable). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” After the completion of this offering, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Apax and Accenture will control a majority of the voting power of shares of common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. As a controlled company, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ.

Following this offering, as long as Apax and Accenture control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, we may utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we do not expect that the majority of our directors will be independent. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our common stock continues to be listed on NASDAQ, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

In any case, these exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of NASDAQ within the applicable time frame.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish the following committees of our board of directors.

Audit Committee

The audit committee, among other things:

• reviews the audit plans and findings of our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal audit and risk review staff, as well as the results of regulatory examinations, and tracks management’s corrective action plans where necessary;

• reviews our financial statements, including any significant financial items and/or changes in accounting policies, with our senior management and independent registered public accounting firm;

• reviews our financial risk and control procedures, compliance programs and significant tax, legal and regulatory matters;

• has the sole discretion to appoint annually our independent registered public accounting firm, evaluate its independence and performance and set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm; and

• reviews and approves in advance any proposed related person transactions.

The members of the audit committee are Francis Pelzer (Chair), Kathy Crusco and Roy Mackenzie. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ require that our audit committee have at least one independent member upon the listing of our common stock, have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and be composed entirely of independent members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Francis Pelzer and Kathy Crusco meet the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on the

125

audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that each director appointed to the audit committee is financially literate, and our board of directors has determined that Francis Pelzer is our audit committee financial expert.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee, among other things:

• reviews the performance of our board of directors and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the selection of candidates, qualification and competency requirements for service on our board of directors and the suitability of proposed nominees as directors;

• advises our board of directors with respect to the corporate governance principles applicable to us;

• oversees the evaluation of our board of directors and management;

• reviews and approves in advance any related party transaction, other than those that are pre-approved pursuant to pre-approval guidelines or rules established by the committee; and

• recommends guidelines or rules to cover specific categories of transactions.

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Jason Wright (Chair), Stuart Nicoll and Larry Wilson.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee, among other things:

• reviews, modifies and approves (or if it deems appropriate, makes recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;

• reviews and recommends to our board of directors the salaries, benefits and equity incentive grants, consultants, officers, directors and other individuals we compensate;

• reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive officer compensation, evaluates executive officer performance in light of those goals and objectives, and determines executive officer compensation based on that evaluation;

• reviews and approves the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers; and

• oversees our compensation and employee benefit plans.

The members of the compensation committee are Charles Moran (Chair), Kathy Crusco and Jason Wright. All members of our compensation committee are “non-employee” directors as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our Compensation Committee is or has been one of our officers or employees, and none has any relationships with us of the type that is required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which will be posted on our website, that applies to all employees and each of our directors and officers, including our principal executive officer and principal financial

126

officer. The purpose of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be to promote, among other things, honest and ethical conduct, full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in public communications and reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the SEC, compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, accountability for adherence to the code and the reporting of violations thereof.

We will also adopt a Code of Ethics for Executive Officers that is applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers. The Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers will be posted on our website. We intend to post any amendments to the Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and any waivers that are required to be disclosed on our website.

127

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section sets forth the compensation of our named executive officers (“NEOs”) prior to our initial public offering. Our NEOs for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of August 31, 2019, are as follows:

• Michael Jackowski, Chief Executive Officer

• Vincent Chippari, Chief Financial Officer

• Matthew Foster, Chief Operating Officer

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by each of our NEOs in fiscal year 2019.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(1)		All other Compensation ($)(2)		Total ($)
Michael Jackowski, Chief Executive Officer		2019		655,416		290,880		17,646		963,942
Vincent Chippari, Chief Financial Officer		2019		387,783		194,737		17,646		600,166
Matthew Foster, Chief Operating Officer		2019		435,663		166,813		17,646		620,122

(1) Amounts represent the annual performance-based cash bonus earned by the NEO with respect to fiscal year 2019 performance. For more information relating to these bonuses, see the section entitled “Overview of Our 2019 Executive Compensation Program—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Plan,” below.

(2) Amounts reported represent a 401(k) matching contribution of $16,800 and $846 in life insurance premiums paid by the Company for each of our NEOs.

Overview of Our 2019 Executive Compensation Program

Elements of Compensation

Base Salary. Each of our NEOs received a fixed base salary in an amount determined in accordance with the executive’s employment agreement. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Each NEO’s base salary for fiscal year 2019 is listed in the “Summary Compensation Table,” above.

Annual Cash Incentive Plan

Each of our NEOs is entitled to receive an annual cash incentive bonus based on achievement of performance goals established by our board of directors. For each fiscal year, our board of directors determines the annual amount of an annual bonus pool, which is used to determine the annual cash incentive bonus that each of our NEOs receives. Annual cash incentive bonuses are designed to motivate our executive officers to meet our strategic business and financial objectives generally and our annual financial performance targets in particular. We anticipate continuing to provide our NEOs with an opportunity to earn an annual cash incentive bonus, based on individual and company goals, upon completion of this offering. For information regarding the bonus target amounts applicable to our NEOs, see the section entitled “Employment Agreements with our NEOs” below.

128

Equity Awards During 2019

Our NEOs were not granted any equity awards during fiscal year 2019.

Equity Awards In Connection With This Offering

In connection with the completion of this offering, it is expected that certain of our employees, including each of our NEOs, will receive an equity award under the Plan (as defined below) consisting of shares of restricted stock, with each award vesting in equal annual installments over four years. Messrs. Jackowski, Chippari and Foster are expected to receive 99,407, 38,913, and 38,180 shares of restricted stock respectively.

Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Each of our NEOs is a party to a written employment arrangement. The material terms of each of those arrangements is described below. For a description of the compensation actually paid to the NEOs for fiscal year 2019, please refer to the “Summary Compensation Table,” above.

Each of our NEOs has also entered into a restrictive covenants agreement with Duck Creek Technologies LLC, which provides that, during the course of each NEO’s employment and for the one-year period following termination of his employment for any reason, each NEO will not compete with, or solicit any vendors, customers, suppliers, employees, consultants or agents of, Duck Creek Technologies LLC or its affiliates. The restrictive covenants agreement further provides that each NEO may not disclose any proprietary, trade secret or confidential information involving Duck Creek Technologies LLC or its affiliates and will assign all applicable intellectual property rights to them.

Employment Agreement with Michael Jackowski

Mr. Jackowski and Duck Creek Technologies LLC entered into an employment agreement on August 1, 2016. Mr. Jackowski’s agreement provides that he will serve as Chief Executive Officer and President of Duck Creek Technologies LLC. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Jackowski is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary of $648,145, subject to increase, and is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target amount of 50% of his then-current base salary (up to a maximum of 100%), based on the achievement of predetermined and reasonably attainable performance goals. The agreement provides Mr. Jackowski with a group life insurance policy in the amount of $1.5 million. Mr. Jackowski is also eligible to receive employee health and welfare benefits that are no less favorable than those provided to senior executive officers generally.

The agreement provides that if Mr. Jackowski’s employment is terminated by the employer without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Jackowski for “good reason” (as described below), and Mr. Jackowski executes a general release of claims, then he will receive (i) an amount equal to the sum of his then-current annual base salary and target annual bonus, payable in 12 equal monthly installments following the date of termination (or in a lump sum if such termination takes place within one year following a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement), (ii) a pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, payable based on actual performance at the same time that such bonuses are paid to other senior executives with respect to the year of termination (the “Pro-Rated Bonus”), (iii) reimbursement of the employer contributions for 12 months of continued health coverage costs payable in four quarterly installments following the termination date (“Continued Medical Coverage”) and (iv) 12 months of outplacement services not to exceed $20,000. If Mr. Jackowski’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability he will receive the Pro-Rated Bonus and Continued Medical Coverage. For purposes of the agreement, “good reason” means, in summary, (a) a material reduction in Mr. Jackowski’s title, duties, authorities and responsibilities measured in the aggregate, (b) a material reduction of his annual base salary or target bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, (c) relocation of his primary work location from the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area or (d) a failure by a successor of Duck Creek Technologies LLC to assume the employment agreement, in each case subject to written notice and an opportunity by Duck Creek Technologies LLC to cure any event which constitutes good reason.

129

Employment Agreement with Vincent Chippari

Mr. Chippari and Duck Creek Technologies LLC entered into an employment agreement on September 19, 2016. Mr. Chippari’s agreement provides that he will serve as Chief Financial Officer of Duck Creek Technologies LLC. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Chippari is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary of $370,000, subject to increase, and is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target amount of 50% of his then-current base salary (up to a maximum of 100%), based on the achievement of predetermined and reasonably attainable performance goals. Mr. Chippari is also eligible to receive employee health and welfare benefits that are no less favorable than those provided to senior executive officers generally.

The agreement provides that if Mr. Chippari’s employment is terminated by the employer without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Chippari for “good reason” (as described below), and Mr. Chippari executes a general release of claims, then he will receive (i) continued payments of his then-current annual base salary for 12 months following the date of termination (or in a lump sum if such termination takes place within one year following a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement), (ii) a pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, payable based on actual performance at the same time that such bonuses are paid to other senior executives with respect to the year of termination and (iii) a payment of $12,000 in lieu of continued contributions towards health coverage costs (“Health Coverage Payment”). If Mr. Chippari’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability he will receive the Health Coverage Payment. For purposes of the agreement, “good reason” means, in summary, (a) a reduction of his annual base salary or target bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, other than a reduction not greater than 10% that applies to all senior executives, (b) a material diminution in his duties or responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer, (c) a change in the his reporting structure that results in him no longer directly reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, (d) a relocation of his primary place of business to a location that is more than 50 miles outside of Boston, Massachusetts or (e) a failure by a successor of Duck Creek Technologies LLC to assume the employment agreement, in each case subject to written notice and an opportunity by Duck Creek Technologies LLC to cure any event which constitutes good reason.

Employment Agreement with Matthew Foster

Mr. Foster and Duck Creek Technologies LLC entered into an employment agreement on August 1, 2016. Mr. Foster’s agreement provides that he will serve as Chief Operating Officer of Duck Creek Technologies LLC. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Foster is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary of $430,817, subject to increase, and is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target amount of 40% of his then-current base salary (up to a maximum of 80%), based on the achievement of predetermined and reasonably attainable performance goals. The agreement provides Mr. Foster with a group life insurance policy in the amount of $1.5 million. Mr. Foster is also eligible to receive employee health and welfare benefits that are no less favorable than those provided to senior executive officers generally.

The agreement provides that if Mr. Foster’s employment is terminated by the employer without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Foster for “good reason” (as described below), and Mr. Foster executes a general release of claims, then he will receive (i) continued payments of his then-current annual base salary for 6 months following the date of termination (or in a lump sum if such termination takes place within one year following a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement), (ii) a pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, payable based on actual performance at the same time that such bonuses are paid to other senior executives with respect to the year of termination and (iii) the Health Coverage Payment. If Mr. Foster’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability he will receive the Health Coverage Payment. For purposes of the agreement, “good reason” means, in summary, a material reduction of Mr. Foster’s annual base salary or target bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, subject to written notice and an opportunity by Duck Creek Technologies LLC to cure such reduction.

130

Retirement and Employee Benefits

All employees are eligible to participate in broad-based and comprehensive employee benefit programs, including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance and a 401(k) plan with matching contributions. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in these plans on the same basis as our other employees. We do not sponsor or maintain any deferred compensation or supplemental retirement plans in addition to our 401(k) plan. The 401(k) matching contributions earned by each NEO in fiscal year 2019 are shown in the “Summary Compensation Table” under “All other Compensation”.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End for 2019

The following table summarizes the number of outstanding equity awards held by each of our NEOs as of August 31, 2019.

			Stock Awards
Name	Grant Date	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(1)	Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(2)
Michael Jackowski	12/5/2016	5,866,609	3,074,103
Vincent Chippari	12/5/2016	3,285,301	1,721,498
Matthew Foster	12/5/2016	3,285,301	1,721,498

(1) The stock awards listed in this column consist of Class D Units of Duck Creek Technologies LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, which are “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and entitle the holder to participate in the future appreciation of Duck Creek Technologies, LLC for and after the date of grant of the applicable Class D Unit. The Class D Units are subject to certain performance-based vesting requirements based on a return received by Apax equal to one to four times their investment in Duck Creek Technologies LLC. Fifty percent of the Class D Units also vest based on each NEO’s continued employment with the Company in equal quarterly installments over a four-year period beginning on August 1, 2016 for Michael Jackowski and Matthew Foster and September 19, 2016 for Vincent Chippari. The remaining fifty percent vest based on each NEO’s continued employment with the Company through the date on which the performance-based vesting requirements are met. In connection with the initial public offering, Class D Units will convert into restricted stock awards of the Company based on the implied fair market value of the Class D Units. The converted awards will be subject to the same service-based and performance-based vesting requirements that currently apply to the Class D Units. In addition, holders of Class D Units will receive a number of stock options to acquire common stock of the Company necessary to preserve such holder’s share of appreciation in the Company, which will be subject to the same service-based and performance-based vesting requirements that currently apply to the Class D Units.

(2) There is no public market for the Class D Units. The market value of Class D Units is determined by multiplying the value of the applicable class of units as of August 31, 2019, as determined in accordance with Duck Creek Technologies LLC’s annual valuation process, by the number of units of the applicable class.

Potential Payments and Benefits on Termination

Please refer to the section entitled “Employment Agreements with NEOs,” above, for a description of the severance payments and benefits to be provided to our NEOs in connection with certain qualifying terminations of their employment.

Duck Creek 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt the Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan will be to provide additional incentives to selected

131

officers, employees, non-employee directors, independent contractors and consultants, to strengthen their commitment, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and to attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to the success of our business and whose efforts will impact our long-term growth and profitability. The material terms of the Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Administration and Eligibility

The Plan will initially be administered by our board of directors, although it may ultimately be administered by either our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors, including a committee that complies with the applicable requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable legal or stock exchange listing requirements (the board of directors or the committee referred to above being sometimes referred to as the plan administrator). The plan administrator may interpret the Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

The Plan permits the plan administrator to select the officers, employees, non-employee directors, independent contractors and consultants who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including but not limited to the exercise price or other purchase price of an award, the number of shares of our common stock or cash or other property subject to an award, the term of an award and the vesting schedule applicable to an award, and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards.

Shares Available and Limitation on Awards

The maximum number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 18,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment as described in more detail below. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year, prior to the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 4% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the preceding year and (ii) an amount determined by the plan administrator. Non-employee directors are not permitted to be granted awards during any calendar year with a grant date fair value that, when aggregated with such non-employee director’s cash fees with respect to such calendar year, exceed $500,000 in total value.

Shares of our common stock subject to an award under the Plan that remain unissued upon the cancellation, termination or expiration of the award will again become available for grant under the Plan. However, shares of our common stock that are exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with any award under the Plan, as well as any shares of our common stock exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award, will not be available for subsequent awards under the Plan. To the extent an award is paid or settled in cash, the number of shares of our common stock previously subject to the award will again be available for grants pursuant to the Plan. To the extent that an award can only be settled in cash, such award will not be counted against the total number of shares of our common stock available for grant under the Plan.

Awards, Vesting and Withholding Taxes

Restricted stock units, which we refer to as “RSUs,” and restricted stock may be granted under the Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price, vesting schedule and performance objectives, if any, applicable to the grant of RSUs and restricted stock. If the restrictions, performance objectives or other conditions determined by the plan administrator are not satisfied, the RSUs and restricted stock will be forfeited. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable individual award agreement, the plan administrator may provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions (in whole or part) under certain circumstances as set forth in the applicable individual award agreement, including the attainment of certain performance goals, a participant’s termination of employment or service, or a participant’s death or

132

disability. The rights of RSU and restricted stock holders upon a termination of employment or service will be set forth in individual award agreements.

Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with restricted stock will generally have all of the rights of a stockholder during the restricted period, including the right to vote and receive dividends declared with respect to such restricted stock, provided that any dividends declared during the restricted period with respect to such restricted stock will generally only become payable if the underlying restricted stock vests. During the restricted period, participants with RSUs will generally not have any rights of a stockholder, but, if the applicable individual award agreement so provides, may be credited with dividend equivalent rights that will be paid at the time that shares of our common stock in respect of the related RSUs are delivered to the participant.

We may issue stock options under the Plan. Options granted under the Plan may be in the form of non-qualified options or “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as set forth in the applicable individual option award agreement. Except as set forth in the applicable award agreement, the exercise price of all options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but in no event may the exercise price be less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of all stock options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. Each stock option will vest and become exercisable (including in the event of the optionee’s termination of employment or service) at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable individual option agreement.

Stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as “SARs,” may be granted under the Plan either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any option granted under the Plan. A free-standing SAR granted under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of our common stock over the base price of the free-standing SAR. A SAR granted in conjunction with all or part of an option under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise of the SAR and surrender of the related option, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of our common stock over the exercise price of the related option. Except as set forth in the applicable award agreement, each SAR will be granted with a base price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of all SARs granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. The plan administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a SAR in shares of our common stock, cash, or any combination thereof.

Each free-standing SAR will vest and become exercisable (including in the event of the SAR holder’s termination of employment or service) at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable individual free-standing SAR agreement. SARs granted in conjunction with all or part of an option will be exercisable at such times and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the related option.

Other stock-based awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock (including dividend equivalents) may be granted under the Plan. Any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded under the Plan will be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying awards and will only become payable if the underlying awards vest. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of such other stock-based awards, including the number of shares of our common stock to be granted pursuant to such other stock-based awards, the manner in which such other stock-based awards will be settled (e.g., in shares of our common stock or cash or other property), and the conditions to the vesting and payment of such other stock-based awards (including the achievement of performance objectives).

133

Bonuses payable in fully vested shares of our common stock and awards that are payable solely in cash may also be granted under the Plan.

The plan administrator may grant equity-based awards and incentives under the Plan that are subject to the achievement of performance objectives selected by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, one or more of the following business criteria: (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) stock price or total stockholder return; (xv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvi) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, and information technology goals, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xviii) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing.

The business criteria may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to us or any of our affiliates, or one of our divisions or strategic business units or a division or strategic business unit of any of our affiliates, or may be applied to our performance relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the plan administrator. The business criteria may also be subject to a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made, levels of performance at which specified payments will be made, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made. The plan administrator will have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the business criteria, as may be determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion including, without limitation, in the event of acquisitions, dispositions or other corporate events.

Certain Transactions and Withholding Taxes

In the event of a merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase, reorganization, corporate transaction or event, special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of shares of our common stock, cash or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision or consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure affecting the shares of our common stock, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, at the sole discretion of the plan administrator, in (i) the aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the exercise price or base price of, any outstanding options and SARs granted under the Plan, (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of our common stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of property, subject to outstanding restricted stock, RSUs, stock bonuses and other stock-based awards granted under the Plan or (iv) the performance goals and periods applicable to award granted under the Plan. Equitable substitutions or adjustments other than those listed above may also be made as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, the plan administrator may terminate all outstanding awards for the payment of cash or in-kind consideration having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock, cash or other property covered by such awards over the aggregate exercise price or base price, if any, of such awards, but if the

134

exercise price or base price of any outstanding award is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock, cash or other property covered by such award, the board of directors may cancel the award without the payment of any consideration to the participant.

Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and evidenced in an award agreement, in the event that (i) a “change in control” (as defined in the Plan) occurs and (ii) a participant’s employment or service is terminated without cause, or with good reason (to the extent applicable), within 12 months following the change in control, then (a) any unvested or unexercisable portion of any award carrying a right to exercise shall become fully vested and exercisable, and (b) the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to an award granted under the Plan will lapse and such unvested awards will be deemed fully vested and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such awards will be deemed to be achieved at target performance levels. The completion of this offering will not be a change of control under the Plan.

Each participant will be required to make arrangements satisfactory to the plan administrator regarding payment of an amount up to the maximum statutory rates in the participant’s applicable jurisdictions with respect to any award granted under the Plan, as determined by us. We have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the participant. With the approval of the plan administrator, the participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either electing to have us withhold from delivery of shares of our common stock, cash or other property, as applicable, or by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of our Class A common stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. We may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy our withholding obligation with respect to any award.

Amendment, Termination and Clawback Provisions

The Plan provides our board of directors with the authority to amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no such action may impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may impair the rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law.

No award will be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan (although awards granted before that time will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).

All awards will be subject to the provisions of any clawback policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such clawback policy, and will be further subject to such deductions and clawbacks as may be required to be made pursuant to any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.

135

Director Compensation

Director Compensation Table for 2019

The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by each of our non-affiliated and non-employee directors in fiscal year 2019. Our affiliated and management directors are not separately compensated by the Company for their Board service. Our non-affiliated and non-employee directors receive quarterly cash fees for their service on our Board and receive a one-time initial grant of Class D Units at the time such director joins our board of directors, as further described below.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(1)		Stock Awards ($)(2)		Total ($)
Kathy Crusco(3)		—		—		—
Roy Mackenzie		—		—		—
Domingo Miron		—		—		—
Charles Moran		60,000		—		60,000
Stuart David Nicoll		—		—		—
Francis Pelzer		30,000		87,176		117,176
Larry Wilson(4)		100,000		—		100,000
Jason Wright		—		—		—

(1) Amounts in this column reflect the cash compensation earned by our non-affiliated and non-employee directors in fiscal year 2019. Our non-affiliated and non-employee directors receive quarterly cash fees for their service on our Board. In fiscal year 2019, the cash fees were set at $25,000 per quarter for Mr. Wilson and $15,000 per quarter for Messrs. Moran and Pelzer. Mr. Pelzer commenced his service as a director in March 2019 and received cash fees for two quarters in fiscal year 2019.

(2) The amount reported in this column reflects the aggregate fair value on the grant date of the one-time initial grant of Class D Units granted to Mr. Pelzer during fiscal year 2019, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The Class D Units vest based on Mr. Pelzer’s continued service with the Company in equal quarterly installments over a four-year period beginning on March 1, 2019. As of August 31, 2019, our directors held the following number of outstanding Class D Units: Charles Moran: 675,000; Francis Pelzer: 675,000; and Larry Wilson: 675,000. In connection with the initial public offering, Class D Units will convert into restricted stock awards of the Company based on the implied fair market value of the Class D Units. The converted awards will be subject to the same service-based and performance-based vesting requirements that currently apply to the Class D Units. In addition, holders of Class D Units will receive a number of stock options to acquire common stock of the Company necessary to preserve such holder’s share of appreciation in the Company, which will be subject to the same service-based and performance-based vesting requirements that currently apply to the Class D Units.

(3) Ms. Crusco was appointed as a director on February 11, 2020. Following her appointment as a director, Ms. Crusco was granted 300,000 Class D Units, which vest based on her continued service with the Company in equal quarterly installments over a four-year period beginning on February 11, 2020. In connection with the initial public offering, her Class D Units will convert into restricted stock awards of the Company based on the implied fair market value of the Class D Units. The converted awards will be subject to the same vesting requirements that currently apply to her Class D Units. In addition, Ms. Crusco will receive a number of stock options to acquire common stock of the Company necessary to preserve her share of appreciation in the Company, which will be subject to the same vesting requirements that currently apply to her Class D Units.

(4) Pursuant to the partnership agreement for Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., Mr. Wilson is entitled to receive approximately 0.3% of any proceeds received by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. from the repurchase of shares of common stock in the Company described in the section entitled “ Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions” following certain priority returns to Apax and Mr. Wilson, which is expected to result, together with such priority returns, in Mr. Wilson receiving an aggregate payment of approximately $922 thousand due to his limited partnership interest.

136

Pursuant to the director compensation policy that we expect to adopt prior to the completion of this offering, each of our non-affiliated and non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors following the completion of this offering:

• an annual cash retainer in the amount of $40,000, paid quarterly in arrears;

• for the chairman of the audit committee, an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $20,000;

• for the chairman of the compensation committee, an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $12,000;

• for the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee, an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $8,000;

• for any member of a committee of our board of directors (not including the chairman), an additional cash retainer in the amount of $10,000, $6,000 and $4,000 for each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;

• an annual equity award in the form of service-based restricted stock, with a grant date fair market value of $150,000, vesting in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant; and

• reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with service on our board of directors (including affiliated and employee directors).

137

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above in the section entitled “Executive Compensation,” this section describes transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2016 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

• the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

• any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock (each, a “5% Holder”), or any members of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any such person, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Stockholders’ Agreement

On August 1, 2016, the Operating Partnership, the General Partner, Apax and Accenture entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the “Existing Shareholders’ Agreement”). In connection with this offering, the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement will be terminated and the Company will enter into a new stockholders’ agreement with Apax and Accenture (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Stockholders’ Agreement will govern the relationship between us and Apax and Accenture following this offering, including matters related to our corporate governance, rights to designate directors and additional matters.

The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that for so long as Apax owns at least 40% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, Apax is entitled to designate three directors for election to our board of directors; for so long as Apax owns at least 20% but less than 40% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, Apax is entitled to designate two directors for election to our board of directors; and for so long as Apax owns at least 10% but less 20% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, Apax is entitled to designate one director for election to our board of directors. The Stockholders’ Agreement will also provide that for so long as Accenture owns at least 20% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, Accenture is entitled to designate two directors for election to our board of directors; and for so long as Accenture owns at least 10% but less than 20% of the outstanding securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, Accenture is entitled to designate one director for election to our board of directors.

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the election of the slate of nominees recommended by our board of directors which, subject to the fiduciary duties of the directors, will include the persons designated by Accenture and Apax in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement.

At the current ownership levels, Apax is entitled to designate two directors and Accenture is entitled to designate two directors for election to our board of directors. Jason Wright and Roy Mackenzie currently serve on our board of directors and will serve as the initial designees of Apax immediately following the completion of this offering; and Stuart Nicoll and Domingo Miron currently serve on our board of directors and will serve as the initial designees of Accenture immediately following the completion of this offering. The size of our board of directors is currently, and immediately following the completion of this offering is expected to be, nine directors. In the event that an Apax designee or Accenture designee ceases to serve as a director, Apax or Accenture, as applicable, will be entitled to designate another nominee to fill the resulting vacancy.

Additionally, the Stockholders’ Agreement will provide for certain consent rights for each of Apax and Accenture so long as such stockholder owns at least 5% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan, including for any increase to the size of our board of directors.

138

The Stockholders’ Agreement will terminate as it relates to each stockholder at such time as such stockholder ceases to own any equity securities of the Company, except for the rights that will survive cessation of ownership of equity securities, including the rights of Apax and Accenture under the Registration Rights Agreement. For a description of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

On August 1, 2016, the Operating Partnership, the General Partner, Apax and Accenture entered into a restrictive covenants agreement, as subsequently amended, which includes certain non-compete provisions, and restrictions on the solicitation and hiring of another party’s employees binding on each of the Company, Apax and Accenture through the earlier of August 1, 2021 and such time that Accenture owns less than 10% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company that are not shares of our common stock awarded under the Plan or other incentive equity plan.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we expect to enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with Apax, Accenture and certain of our other Existing Holders in respect of the shares of common stock held by such holders immediately following this offering. This registration rights agreement will provide these holders (and their permitted transferees) with the right to require us, at our expense, to register shares of our common stock that they hold (which may be fulfilled through a repurchase of such holder’s requested shares with the proceeds of a new issuance of shares). The agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses of these electing holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act. The following description summarizes such rights and circumstances.

Demand Rights / Shelf Registration Rights

Subject to certain limitations, each of Apax and Accenture (each a “demand holder”) will have the right, by delivering written notice to us, to require us to register the number of our shares of common stock requested to be so registered in accordance with the registration rights agreement. We will notify the other demand holder within ten business days following receipt of notice of a demand registration from either Apax or Accenture. We will include in the registration all securities with respect to which we receive a written request for inclusion in the registration within ten business days after we give our notice. Following the demand request, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to have the applicable registration statement filed with the SEC within a specified period following the demand and are required to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective.

Each demand holder will have unlimited demand rights until such time as that demand holder owns less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock and owns fewer shares of common stock than the other demand holder. Following such date, such demand holder will be limited to an aggregate of two demand registrations.

We will not be required to effect (i) any demand registration prior to the expiration of the 180-day lockup period for this offering or (ii) more than one demand registration in any 90-day period following the effectiveness period of the previous demand registration statement, where the effectiveness period is the shorter of 180 days following the effective date of such registration statement and the period when all registrable securities covered thereunder are sold.

In addition, if we are eligible to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3, each of Apax and Accenture can request that we register their shares for resale on such shelf registration statement or prospectus supplement to a previously filed shelf registration statement.

Piggyback Rights

Holders of registrable shares of common stock under the registration rights agreement will be entitled to request to participate in, or “piggyback” on, registrations of certain securities for sale by us at any time following

139

the 180-day lockup period of this offering. This piggyback right will apply to any registration following this offering other than registration statements on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any similar successor forms used for a purpose similar to the intended use of such forms) or a resale shelf registration statement on Form S-3.

Conditions and Limitations

The registration rights outlined above will be subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement and our right to delay, suspend or withdraw a registration statement under specified circumstances. For example, we may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement for an aggregate period of no more than 90 days in any calendar year if we determine, in good faith, that the filing or maintenance of a registration statement would, if not so deferred, materially and adversely affect a then proposed or pending significant business transaction, financial project, acquisition, merger or corporate reorganization. Additionally, in certain circumstances we may withdraw a registration statement upon request by the holder(s) of registrable securities.

Divestiture and Ongoing Relationship with Accenture

On August 1, 2016, Accenture and Apax completed the carve-out of the Duck Creek business from Accenture pursuant to a transaction agreement, and Duck Creek became a separate, privately held company. We also entered into various other agreements to provide a framework for our relationship with Accenture after the carve-out, such as a transition services agreement, strategic alliance agreement, master reciprocal subcontractor agreement and an intellectual property license agreement. The original transition services agreement terminated in accordance with its terms on August 1, 2017. An extension of the agreement providing for certain software hosting services expired in July 31, 2018.

We continue to partner with Accenture as a SI that provides implementation and other related services to our customers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, we spent $1.2 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, we spent $1.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, with Accenture as an SI. Additionally, we provide certain professional services, software maintenance services and SaaS solutions to end customers as a subcontractor for Accenture in connection with the master reciprocal subcontractor agreement, entered into by and between us and Accenture in connection with the carve-out. For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, we recognized revenue of $52.5 million, $12.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, we recognized revenue of $2.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, relating to services performed in this subcontractor capacity.

Sale of Class E Preferred Units

On November 13, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 31,059,222 Class E Preferred Units to certain unrelated third party accredited investors in a private offering for $90.0 million, at a purchase price of $2.8977 per unit. The price per unit of each Class E Preferred Unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investors. The Operating Partnership used $72.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 14,908,429 Class A Units and 9,938,949 Class B Units held by Apax and Accenture, respectively, at a purchase price of $2.8977 per unit, the same price per unit as the purchase price paid by the third party investors for the Class E Preferred Units. On November 27, 2019, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 10,353,074 Class E Preferred Units to an unrelated third party accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million, at a purchase price of $2.8977 per unit. The price per unit of each Class E Preferred Unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investor. On November 29, 2019, the Operating Partnership used $26.0 million of such proceeds from the sale to redeem 5,383,600 Class A Units and 3,589,064 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively, at a purchase price of $2.8977 per unit, the same price per unit as the purchase price paid by the third party investor for the Class E Preferred Units. On February 18, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 27,199,913 Class E Preferred Units to certain unrelated third party accredited investors in a

140

private offering for $90.0 million, at a purchase price of $3.3088 per unit. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investors. On February 26, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 3,022,213 Class E Preferred Units to an unrelated third party accredited investor in a private offering for $10.0 million, at a purchase price of 3.3088 per unit. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investors. On February 27, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $100.0 million of the proceeds from the sales on February 18, 2020 and February 26, 2020 to redeem 18,133,278 Class A Units and 12,088,848 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively, at a purchase price of $3.3088 per unit, the same price per unit as the purchase price paid by the third party investors for the Class E Preferred Units. On June 5, 2020, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 50,603,459 Class E Preferred Units to certain accredited investors, including funds managed by Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC, in a private offering for $200.0 million, at a purchase price of $3.9523 per unit. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investors. On June 8, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 7,590,517 Class E Preferred Units to an accredited investor in a private offering for $30.0 million, at a purchase price of $3.9523 per unit. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third party investors. On June 8, 2020, the Operating Partnership used $200.0 million of the proceeds from the sales on June 5, 2020 and June 8, 2020 to redeem 30,362,073 Class A Units and 20,241,374 Class B Units from Apax and Accenture, respectively, at a purchase price of $3.9523 per unit, the same price per unit as the purchase price paid by the third party investors for the Class E Preferred Units.

The Reorganization Transactions

In the Reorganization Transactions, immediately following the completion of this offering, Apax will exchange all of its shares in the Reorg Subsidiary for newly-issued common stock in the Company and the Reorg Subsidiary will merge into the Company (and the Reorg Subsidiary will cease to exist). Apax will receive 45,838,508 shares of newly-issued common stock in the Company in the Reorg Merger. Accenture will contribute to the Company a portion of its equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and all of its interests in the General Partner in exchange for newly-issued common stock in the Company. Certain members of management will contribute to the Company, directly or indirectly, all of their respective equity interests in the Operating Partnership in exchange for (i) newly-issued common stock in the Company or (ii) restricted common stock in the Company and options to acquire common stock in the Company with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Each of the other Existing Holders (other than Apax, Accenture and RBW) will contribute LP Units in the Operating Partnership to the Company in exchange for shares of newly-issued common stock. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, Accenture will contribute 115,421,206 LP Units in the Operating Partnership to the Company; Michael Jackowski, our Chief Executive Officer, will contribute 6,956,715 LP Units in the Operating Partnership to the Company; Vincent Chippari, our Chief Financial Officer, will contribute 3,285,301 LP Units in the Operating Partnership to the Company; and Matthew Foster, our Chief Operating Officer, will contribute 3,785,301 LP Units in the Operating Partnership to the Company. Accenture will retain 6,814,815 LP Units in the Operating Partnership and RBW will retain 72 LP Units, in each case that will be repurchased using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repurchase from Apax 2,555,555 shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger (which would have represented approximately 5.6% of the LP Units owned by Apax prior to the consummation of the Reorg Merger), multiplied by the price per share of common stock sold to the public in the offering, less the applicable underwriting discounts and commissions. We intend to contribute a portion of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to the Operating Partnership, which the Operating Partnership will use to redeem the remaining LP Units owned by Accenture and RBW at a redemption price per unit equal to the price per share of common stock sold to the public in this offering, less the applicable underwriting discounts and commissions. One of our directors, Larry Wilson, is a limited partner in Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., the shareholder of the Apax entity that holds Apax’s LP Units. Pursuant to the partnership agreement for Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., Mr. Wilson is entitled to receive approximately 0.3% of any proceeds received by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. from the repurchase of shares of common stock in the Company described in clause (ii), following certain priority returns

141

to Apax and Mr. Wilson. Of the $64.7 million to be paid by the Company to repurchase shares of common stock in the Company owned by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P, it is expected that Mr. Wilson will receive approximately $922 thousand due to his limited partnership interest.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons (the “Related Person Policy”). Our Related Person Policy requires that a “related person” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must disclose to our General Counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated to be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then communicate that information to our audit committee, or chair thereof. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

142

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately prior to and following the completion of this offering by:

• each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

• each of our directors;

• each of our NEOs; and

• all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding before this offering and the corresponding percentage of beneficial ownership are based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 11, 2020 before the offering but giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the corresponding percentage of beneficial ownership are based on the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of August 11, 2020, after giving effect to the offering and Reorganization Transactions. See “Organizational Structure” and “Use of Proceeds.”

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to equity awards or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after August 11, 2020, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information provided in the table and related footnotes below do not give effect to any potential participation by the stockholders named therein, including any of our directors or executive officers, in the reserve share program with respect to this offering. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

	Securities Beneficially Owned After Reorganization Transactions and Before this Offering					Shares Beneficially Owned After Reorganization Transactions and this Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner	Shares of Common Stock		Percentage			Shares of Common Stock		Percentage
5% Stockholders
Apax (1)		45,838,508		40.8	%		43,282,953		33.7	%
Accenture (2)		28,855,302		25.7	%		28,855,302		22.5	%
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC (3)		9,488,147		8.4	%		9,488,147		7.4	%
NEOs and Directors
Michael Jackowski (4)		1,405,367		1.2	%		1,405,367		1.1	%
Vincent Chippari (5)		634,391		*			634,391		*
Matthew Foster (6)		759,391		*			759,391		*
Kathy Crusco		4,337		*			4,337		*
Roy Mackenzie		—		—			—		—
Domingo Miron		—		—			—		—
Charles Moran (7)		130,342		*			130,342		*
Stuart Nicoll		—		—			—		—
Francis Pelzer (8)		50,847		*			50,847		*
Larry Wilson (9)		130,342		*			130,342		*
Jason Wright		—		—			—		—
All executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)		4,082,961		3.6	%		4,082,961		3.2	%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

143

(1) Represents shares of common stock held by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. Disco (Guernsey) GP Co. Limited is the general partner of Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., and Apax VIII GP Co. Limited is the general partner of Disco (Guernsey) GP Co. Limited. The registered address for Apax VIII GP Co. Limited is Third Floor Royal Bank Place, 1 Glategny Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2HJ. The registered address for Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. and Disco (Guernsey) GP Co. Limited is PO Box 656, East Wing, Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, Y7 GY1 3PP.

Does not include shares of common stock held by other stockholders that are subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(2) Consists of 10,716,262 shares of common stock held by Accenture LLP (the “Accenture LLP Shares”) and 18,139,040 shares of common stock held by Accenture Holdings BV (the “Accenture Holdings BV Shares”), each of which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Accenture plc. As a result of such ownership, Accenture plc may be deemed to beneficially own and have shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to all such shares. Accenture LLP expressly disclaims ownership of the Accenture Holdings BV Shares and Accenture Holdings BV expressly disclaims ownership of the Accenture LLP Shares. The address for Accenture LLP is c/o Accenture LLP, 161 North Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60601. The address for Accenture Holdings BV is c/o Accenture Holdings BV, Gustav Mahlerplein 90, 1082MA, Amsterdam, Netherlands. The address for Accenture plc is 1 Grand Canal Square, Grand Canal Harbour, Dublin 2, Ireland.

Does not include shares of common stock held by other stockholders that are subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(3) Consists of 367,685 shares of common stock held by Virtus KAR Capital Growth Fund, 208,727 shares of common stock held by Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund and 8,566,271 shares of common stock held by Virtus KAR Small-Cap Growth Fund, each a series of Virtus Equity Trust (the Virtus Equity Trust Funds), and 153,505 shares of common stock held by Virtus KAR Capital Growth Series, 29,135 shares of common stock held by Virtus Strategic Allocation Series and 162,823 shares of common stock held by Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series, each a series of Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust Funds). Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC is the investment manager for the Virtus Equity Trust Funds and the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust Funds. Douglas Foreman, Stephen Rigali, and Jeannine Vanian are on the executive management team of Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Virtus Equity Trust Funds and the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust Funds. The address for each of these entities and individuals is 1800 Avenue of the Stars, 2nd Floor, Los Angeles, California, 90067.

(4) Consists of 901,883 shares of common stock held by Mr. Jackowski and 503,485 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Jackowski and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

(5) Consists of 330,412 shares of common stock held by Mr. Chippari and 303,979 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Chippari and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

(6) Consists of 477,439 shares of common stock held by Mr. Foster and 281,952 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Foster and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

(7) Consists of 72,412 shares of common stock held by Mr. Moran and 57,930 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Moran and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

(8) Consists of 42,372 shares of common stock held by Mr. Pelzer and 8,474 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Pelzer and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

(9) Consists of 72,412 shares of common stock held by Mr. Wilson and 57,930 shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Wilson and subject to vesting within 60 days of August 11, 2020.

Does not include any shares of common stock in the Company held by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P., the shareholder of the Apax entity that holds Apax’s LP Units. Mr. Wilson is a limited partner in Disco

144

(Guernsey) Holdings L.P. and is entitled to receive approximately 0.3% of any proceeds received by Disco (Guernsey) Holdings L.P. from the repurchase of shares of common stock in the Company described in the section entitled “ Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions” following certain priority returns to Apax and Mr. Wilson, which is expected to result, together with such priority returns, in Mr. Wilson receiving an aggregate payment of approximately $922 thousand due to his limited partnership interest.

145

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock gives effect to the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our organizational documents, the forms of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by applicable law. See “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions.”

Upon the completion of the Reorganization Transactions, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, we will have 128,437,830 shares of common stock outstanding. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the voting power of all shares of common stock.

Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock).

Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

• the designation of the series;

• the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

• the dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of the series;

• whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our Company or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or

146

other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

• restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

• the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We may issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage a takeover attempt or other transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including a takeover attempt that might result in a premium over the market price for holders of shares of common stock.

Stockholders’ Agreement

For a description of the Stockholders’ Agreement that we will enter into with Accenture and Apax prior to the consummation of this offering in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Organizational Documents

The following is a summary of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for holders of shares of common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without obtaining stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Certain Anti-takeover Provisions of Delaware Law

We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers upon completion of this offering. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:

• a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);

• an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or

• an associate of an interested stockholder for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL do not apply if:

• our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder” prior to the date of the transaction;

147

• after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or

• on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Staggered Board; Renewal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered board of directors consisting of three classes of directors. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each year one class of our directors will be elected by our stockholders, subject to the designation rights set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement. The terms of the first, second and third classes will expire in 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We believe that classification of our board of directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors. Additionally, there is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. This classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a stockholder might consider a tender offer or change in control to be in its best interests.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Ability of our Stockholders to Act

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special stockholders meetings; special stockholders meetings may only be called by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Written notice of any special meeting so called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the date of such meeting, unless otherwise required by law.

At any time that Apax and Accenture beneficially own in the aggregate less than 50% of our outstanding common stock, our stockholders may not act by written consent and any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may only be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders. For so long as Apax and Accenture beneficially own in the aggregate 50% or more of our outstanding common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is executed by the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock not having less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote are present and voted.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of our board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any of our stockholders. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be properly brought by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or

148

mailed and received at our principal executive offices (a) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 25 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of our stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that no business may be transacted at any annual meeting of our stockholder, except for business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of our board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any of our stockholders. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to our Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or be mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more that 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 25 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

Forum Selection Clause

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including any fiduciary duty) owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case, subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable party named as a defendant therein.

In the event that the Court of Chancery lacks jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding will be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. The exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws further provide that any person or entity purchasing, otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum selection clause. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings.

149

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation is not permitted under the DGCL, as may be amended.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation against any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements and any liabilities incurred as a result of acting on our behalf (as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with an employee benefit plan. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our bylaw. These provisions and agreements may have the practical effect in some cases of eliminating our stockholders’ ability to collect monetary damages from our directors and executive officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Corporate Opportunity

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the extent permitted by law:

• neither Apax, Accenture nor any of their officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders or employees have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging in or possessing any interest in other investments, business ventures or persons of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to, or that compete with, the investments or business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and may provide advice and other assistance to any such investment, business venture or person;

• neither Apax, Accenture nor any of their officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders or employees are obligated to present any particular investment or business opportunity to the Company or its subsidiaries even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company or its subsidiaries, could be pursued by the Company or its subsidiaries, and Apax, Accenture and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders or employees have the right to pursue for their own account or to recommend to any other person any such business or investment opportunity; and

• the Company and its subsidiaries have waived and renounced any right, interest or expectancy to participate in business opportunities that are from time to time presented to Apax, Accenture or their respective officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders or employees or business opportunities of which Apax, Accenture or their respective officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders or employees gain knowledge.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that any person or entity purchasing, otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the corporate opportunity clause.

150

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any) or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 128,437,830 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (or 130,687,830 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). All of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144. Upon the completion of this offering, approximately 33.7% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 33.1% if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) will be held by Apax and approximately 22.5% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 22.1% if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) will be held by Accenture. These shares and all remaining shares that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering (other than the shares of common stock sold in this offering) will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.

Lock-Up Agreements

See “Underwriting” for a description of the lock-up agreements applicable to our shares.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

151

Registration Statements on Form S-8

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and the shares of stock subject to issuance under the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 18,000,000 shares.

Registration Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, we will have a Registration Rights Agreement with Apax, Accenture and certain of our other Existing Holders pursuant to which such Existing Holders, including Apax, Accenture and their respective affiliates and permitted third party transferees, will have the right, in certain circumstances, to require us to register their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act for sale into the public markets at any time following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described in “Underwriting.” Such Existing Holders will also be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any future registration statement that we file for an underwritten public offering of our securities. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. For a description of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

152

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock. This summary applies only to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock in this offering and hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment purposes). This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special rules, such as controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks or other financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers and traders in securities or currencies, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment.

This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not describe any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences (including estate, gift and Medicare contribution tax consequences) of owning and disposing of our common stock.

For purposes of this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) nor any of the following:

• a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

• a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

• a trust if (a) a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them in their particular circumstances.

EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on common stock

Distributions on our common stock will generally be treated as dividends to the extent such distributions are paid from the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock.” Generally, the gross

153

amount of dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to our common stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so provides and the applicable withholding agent has received proper certification as to the application of that treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder) are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis and are exempt from the 30% withholding tax described above (assuming compliance with certain certification requirements). Any such effectively connected dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate).

To claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (if the holder is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) or IRS Form W-8ECI (for income effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States) or other suitable form. A Non-U.S. Holder eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock

A Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such Non-U.S. Holder), (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a non-resident alien individual, such Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) the Company is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition or the period that such Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock and either (a) our common stock was not treated as regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition occurs, or (b) such Non-U.S. Holder owns or owned (actually or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the two periods mentioned above. The Company believes it is not, has not been and does not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If gain is effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such Non-U.S. Holder), the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain from the disposition of our common stock in the same manner in which citizens or residents of the United States would be subject to U.S. federal income tax. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation, such gain may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder is a non-resident alien individual that is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, the Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to a flat income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on any capital gain recognized on the disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.

Foreign account tax compliance act

Withholding at a rate of 30% will generally be required in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of shares of our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment

154

funds), unless such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, or accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the payer will in turn be required to provide to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

155

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name	Number of Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC		4,268,348
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC		4,268,348
BofA Securities, Inc.		2,371,304
Barclays Capital Inc.		759,000
RBC Capital Markets, LLC		759,000
JMP Securities LLC		462,000
Needham & Company, LLC		462,000
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated		462,000
William Blair & Company L.L.C.		462,000
D.A. Davidson & Co.		330,000
Raymond James & Associates Inc.		330,000
Loop Capital Markets LLC		66,000
Total		15,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $1.0125 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 2,250,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

156

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $1.6875 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

	Without option to purchase additional shares exercise		With full option to purchase additional shares exercise
Per Share	$	1.6875	$	1.6875
Total	$	25,312,500.00	$	29,109,375.00

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $6.5 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in connection with this offering in an amount up to $40,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not (i) offer, pledge, lend, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of the Existing Holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the Restricted Period, may not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, (i) any shares of common stock or (ii) any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, options or warrants to purchase securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the security holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant, (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in each case.

157

The restrictions described in the two immediately preceding paragraphs do not apply to the sale of shares to the underwriters and are subject to other customary exceptions. The exceptions to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph include: (i) transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts; (ii) transfers by will or intestacy; (iii) transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person; (iv) if such person is an entity, distributions to such person’s members, partners or stockholders; (v) exchanges of LP Units for shares of the Company’s common stock; (vi) transfers to the Company pursuant to the exercise, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of options granted pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements; (vii) transfers pursuant to a domestic order or divorce settlement; (viii) transfers of securities acquired in open market transactions after this offering; (ix) entry into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for transfers that do not provide for the transfer during the 180 day period described in the preceding paragraph; (x) transfers to such person’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such person; (xi) pledges as collateral in accordance with and subject to certain terms and conditions; and (xii) transfers pursuant to a third party tender offer, merger or other similar transaction made to all holder of capital stock involving a change of control of us. In addition, in the event Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC release a holder that beneficially owns at least one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock from the restrictions described above, certain holders will have the right to also be released from such restrictions in respect of the same percentage of shares held by such holder as the initial holder being released, except in certain circumstances, including if such release is in connection with a follow-on offering and the holder was offered, but has declined, the opportunity to participate in such follow-on offering. Any shares acquired in this offering by Existing Holders (other than officers, directors, Apax and Accenture) of our shares of common stock will not be subject to these transfer restrictions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Our common stock has been approved for listing on NASDAQ under the symbol “DCT.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters

158

commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

• the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

• our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

• an assessment of our management;

• our prospects for future earnings;

• the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

• the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

• other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares of our common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., an underwriter in this offering, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, approximately 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify BofA Securities, Inc. and its affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sale of such reserved shares. See “Principal Stockholders.”

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

159

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”), an offer to the public of any shares of common stock may not be made in that Relevant State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of common stock to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares of common stock in the offering.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares of common stock to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for shares of common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) who are (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”), or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, or (iii) persons to whom it would otherwise be lawful to distribute it (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). In the United Kingdom, the shares of common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares of common stock will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This document and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by any recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or its contents. The shares of common stock are not being offered to the public in the United Kingdom.

160

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities

161

and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(iii) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(v) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products”(as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA N-16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

162

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. as of November 18, 2019 has been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2019, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Independence

In connection with our S-1 filing, we requested KPMG LLP (KPMG), our independent registered public accounting firm, to affirm its independence relative to the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

KPMG informed our management and audit committee that its independence evaluation procedures identified a prime/sub-contractor business relationship between another KPMG firm of the KPMG International Cooperative (KPMG member firm) and an entity controlled by Apax. The relationship is impermissible under SEC independence rules. The relationship existed between September 2018 and December 2018, and was completed by the time the services were identified. The KPMG member firm referenced above did not participate in the audit engagement and the relationship did not have any impact or effect on the Company or the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

In addition, KPMG identified an engagement that existed from April 2018 through August 2018 whereby the KPMG member firm provided loaned personnel to an entity controlled by Apax. The loaned personnel engagement is impermissible under SEC independence rules. The engagement was completed by the time the services were identified. The KPMG member firm referenced above did not participate in the audit engagement and the relationship did not have any impact or effect on the Company or the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

KPMG considered whether the matters noted above impacted its ability to exercise objective and impartial judgment with regard to its engagement as our auditors and has concluded that there has been no impairment of KPMG’s ability to exercise objective and impartial judgment on all matters encompassed within its audits. In addition, the impermissible service and relationship noted above were immaterial to the Company, KPMG and the KPMG member firm. After taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of the above matters and KPMG’s determination, our audit committee concurred with KPMG’s conclusion that its ability to exercise objective and impartial judgment has not been impaired.

163

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s website. We will also maintain a website at www.duckcreek.com at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access our SEC filings free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing combined financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

164

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.
Audited Financial Statement
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Balance Sheet as of November 18, 2019		F-3
Notes to the Balance Sheet		F-4
Interim Financial Statement (unaudited)
Balance Sheets as of November 18, 2019 and May 31, 2020		F-5
Notes to the Balance Sheets		F-6
Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-7
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2018 and 2019		F-8
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended August  31, 2017, 2018 and 2019		F-9
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019		F-10
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended August  31, 2017, 2018 and 2019		F-11
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-12
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020		F-42
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020		F-43
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020		F-44
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020		F-45
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements		F-46

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (the Corporation) as of November 18, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statement). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of November 18, 2019 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

This financial statement is the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 2019.

Boston, Massachusetts

November 22, 2019

F-2

DUCK CREEK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Balance Sheet

	As of November 18, 2019
Assets
Cash	$	1
Total assets	$	1
Stockholder equity
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding		1
Total stockholder equity	$	1

See accompanying notes to balance sheet.

F-3

DUCK CREEK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Balance Sheet

(1) Organization

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (the Corporation) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 15, 2019. The Corporation was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and subsidiaries (the Company). The Corporation will be the sole owner of the General Partner of the Company and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of the Company and, through the Company, continue to conduct the business now conducted by the Company. The Corporation’s fiscal year end is August 31.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of accounting

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity.

(3) Stockholder equity

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. On November 18, 2019, 1 share of common stock was issued for cash consideration of $1.

F-4

DUCK CREEK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

	As of November 18, 2019		As of May 31, 2020
Assets
Cash	$	1	$	1
Total assets	$	1	$	1
Stockholder equity
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding		1		1
Total stockholder equity	$	1	$	1

See accompanying notes to balance sheets.

F-5

DUCK CREEK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Notes to Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(1) Organization

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. (the Corporation) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 15, 2019. The Corporation was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and its subsidiaries (the Company). The Corporation will be the sole owner of the General Partner of the Company and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of the Company and, through the Company, continue to conduct the business now conducted by the Company. The Corporation’s fiscal year end is August 31.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of accounting

The balance sheet as of May 31, 2020 is unaudited. The balance sheets have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity.

(3) Stockholder equity

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. On November 18, 2019, 1 share of common stock was issued for cash consideration of $1.

F-6

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members and Board of Directors

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Boston, Massachusetts

November 22, 2019

F-7

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

	As of August 31,
	2018		2019
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,879		11,999
Accounts receivable, net		18,296		25,450
Unbilled revenue		10,988		15,293
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		5,937		5,772
Total current assets		49,100		58,514
Property and equipment, net		10,660		17,058
Goodwill		252,898		272,455
Intangible assets, net		112,155		98,756
Deferred tax assets		927		860
Unbilled revenue, net of current portion		16,763		8,045
Other assets		6,734		11,589
Total assets	$	449,237		467,277
Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partner’s Capital
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		1,612		1,362
Accrued liabilities		21,040		31,003
Contingent earnout liability		2,562		4,055
Deferred revenue		16,168		23,470
Total current liabilities		41,382		59,890
Contingent earnout liability, net of current portion		—		6,460
Borrowings under credit facility		—		4,000
Deferred rent, net of current portion		3,726		5,388
Deferred revenue, net of current portion		912		692
Other long-term liabilities		1,350		1,781
Total liabilities		47,370		78,211
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Redeemable partners’ interest
General partner interest		—		—
Limited partners’ interest		401,867		389,066
Total redeemable partners’ interest		401,867		389,066
Total partners’ capital		—		—
Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital	$	449,237		467,277

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.    

F-8

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except unit and per unit information)

	Year Ended August 31,
	2017			2018			2019
Revenue:
Subscription	$	33,453			42,451			55,909
License		25,457			20,969			13,776
Maintenance and support		22,650			26,034			23,896
Professional services		75,161			70,215			77,692
Total revenue		156,721			159,669			171,273
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		17,028			22,272			24,199
License		2,402			2,121			1,970
Maintenance and support		1,913			2,456			2,781
Professional services		42,057			37,483			43,228
Total cost of revenue		63,400			64,332			72,178
Gross margin		93,321			95,337			99,095
Operating expenses:
Research and development		42,815			36,056			35,936
Sales and marketing		30,725			34,158			40,189
General and administrative		39,262			30,670			36,493
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		3,828			801			628
Transaction expenses of acquirer		220			—			—
Total operating expenses		116,850			101,685			113,246
Loss from operations		(23,529	)		(6,348	)		(14,151	)
Other income (expense), net		77			(533	)		(565	)
Interest expense, net		(330	)		(567	)		(1,030	)
Loss before income taxes		(23,782	)		(7,448	)		(15,746	)
Provision for income taxes		1,008			354			1,150
Net loss	$	(24,790	)		(7,802	)		(16,896	)
Pro forma net loss per share information (note 19, unaudited)
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted							$	(0.15	)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted								111,052,080

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital

(In thousands, except unit information)

										General partner interest		Total redeemable partners’ interest			Total partners’ capital
	Total limited partners’ interest
	Units			Amount			Subscription receivable
Balance at August 31, 2016		422,395,845		$	431,046		$	(1,090	)	$	—	$	429,956		$	—
Settlement of subscription receivable		—			—			1,090			—		1,090			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		40,387,211			—			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(522,188	)		—			—			—		—			—
Equity-based compensation		—			1,674			—			—		1,674			—
Net loss		—			(24,790	)		—			—		(24,790	)		—
Balance at August 31, 2017		462,260,868		$	407,930		$	—		$	—	$	407,930		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		1,335,000			—			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(1,956,250	)		—			—			—		—			—
Equity-based compensation		—			1,739			—			—		1,739			—
Net loss		—			(7,802	)		—			—		(7,802	)		—
Balance at August 31, 2018		461,639,618		$	401,867		$	—		$	—	$	401,867		$	—
Class C Units issued in connection with business combination		1,500,000			2,025			—			—		2,025
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		9,015,000			—			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(1,943,750	)		—			—			—		—			—
Equity-based compensation		—			2,070			—			—		2,070			—
Net loss		—			(16,896	)		—			—		(16,896	)		—
Balance at August 31, 2019		470,210,868		$	389,066		$	—		$	—	$	389,066		$	—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.    

F-10

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

	Year Ended August 31,
	2017			2018			2019
Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(24,790	)		(7,802	)		(16,896	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment		1,400			1,915			2,398
Amortization of intangible assets		16,724			17,677			17,594
Amortization of deferred financing fees		100			136			136
Share-based compensation expense		1,674			1,739			2,070
Loss on change in fair value of contingent earnout liability		3,828			801			628
Payment on contingent earnout liability in excess of acquisition date fair value		—			—			(2,350	)
Bad debt expense		53			165			182
Deferred taxes		(119	)		(533	)		188
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		(14,132	)		3,310			(6,285	)
Unbilled revenue		147			(330	)		4,481
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(2,957	)		660			198
Other assets		(2,504	)		(2,794	)		(3,788	)
Accounts payable		4,444			(4,016	)		(783	)
Accrued liabilities		3,967			(2,566	)		9,150
Contingent earnout liability		—			(2,067	)		—
Deferred revenue		69			1,728			5,972
Deferred rent		73			3,646			1,661
Other long-term liabilities		154			164			277
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(11,869	)		11,833			14,833
Investing activities:
Acquisition of Yodil, LLC		(2,512	)		—			—
Acquisition of Outline Systems LLC		—			—			(9,814	)
Acquisition of CedeRight Products		—			—			(1,827	)
Capitalized internal-use software		—			(1,456	)		(2,956	)
Purchase of property and equipment		(1,530	)		(7,138	)		(5,314	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(4,042	)		(8,594	)		(19,911	)
Financing activities:
Payments of contingent consideration		—			(871	)		—
Proceeds from issuance of Class C Units		1,090			—			—
Proceeds from revolving credit facility		2,000			5,000			12,000
Payments on revolving credit facility		(2,000	)		(5,000	)		(8,000	)
Payment of deferred offering costs		—			—			(772	)
Payment of deferred financing costs		(331	)		(30	)		(30	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		759			(901	)		3,198
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(15,152	)		2,338			(1,880	)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – beginning of period		26,693			11,541			13,879
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – end of period	$	11,541			13,879			11,999
Supplemental disclosure of other cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	$	564			1,189			976
Cash paid for interest		20			198			527
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities		—			499			936
Fair value of contingent consideration		871			2,562			11,325
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities		—			—			263

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-11

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(1) Nature of Business

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (the Company) was organized as a limited partnership on April 11, 2016. On August 1, 2016, the Company acquired Duck Creek Technologies (Duck Creek) from Accenture plc (Accenture) for total consideration of $384,500, including $230,700 in cash consideration and 153,799,943 Class B Units with a fair value of $153,800. Also on August 1, 2016, the Company acquired Agencyport Software Corporation (Agencyport) for total cash consideration of $35,000.

The Company is a provider of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) core systems to the property and casualty (P&C) insurance industry, through Duck Creek OnDemand. Products offered include Duck Creek Policy, Duck Creek Billing, Duck Creek Claims, Duck Creek Rating, Duck Creek Insights, Duck Creek Distribution Management, Duck Creek Reinsurance Management, Duck Creek Anywhere Managed Integrations, and Duck Creek Industry Content. The Company also provides its products via perpetual and term license arrangements to customers with legacy systems that have yet to upgrade to SaaS.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Boston, Massachusetts. The Company also has sales offices in the United Kingdom, Spain and Australia, as well as a service center located in India.

The Company’s general partner is Disco (Cayman) GP Co., a Cayman limited company that filed an election to be treated as a flow through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of significant accounting policies as described below.

(a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these notes are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (FASB ASC). The Company has no items of other comprehensive income or loss; therefore, the Company’s net loss is identical to its comprehensive loss.

(b) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Accounting

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), now commonly referred to as Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (ASC 606). ASC 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605) as well as other industry-specific guidance. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, under ASC 606, the direct and incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers, including sales commissions, are deferred and recognized over a period of time that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the products and services to which the asset relates. The Company early-adopted ASC 606, effective September 1, 2017, using the full retrospective transition method. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements present revenue and contract costs in accordance with ASC 606 for all periods presented.

F-12

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Other Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In November 2015, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-17 (Topic 740), Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17). ASU 2015-17 requires deferred tax liabilities and assets to be classified as noncurrent in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2015-17 may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company adopted ASU 2015-17 on a prospective basis effective September 1, 2018.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Subtopic 230). The new guidance requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The Company adopted this standard on September 1, 2017 under the retrospective transition method. The presentation of restricted cash in the consolidated statements of cash flows was adjusted as a result of adopting this new standard.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (ASU 2017-01). The new standard clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of providing guidance when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The Company adopted standard on September 1, 2017. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a result of the adoption of this ASU.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The new guidance clarifies when a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as a modification. The ASU requires modification accounting if the fair value, vesting condition or the classification of the award is not the same immediately before and after a change to the terms and conditions of the award. The Company adopted this standard on a prospective basis on September 1, 2017. There was no impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a result of the adoption of this ASU.

(c) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(d) Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on August 31 of each calendar year.

(e) Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used when accounting for certain items such as valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, the useful lives of intangible assets, share-based compensation, standalone selling prices in transactions with customers that include multiple performance obligations, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, contingent earnout liabilities, and capitalized software development costs.

F-13

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates if past experience or other assumptions are not substantially accurate.

(f) Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in local currencies are translated to the U.S. dollar and recorded as gains and losses in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Transaction gains and losses for all periods presented were not material.

(g) Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues primarily from the following four sources, which represent performance obligations of the Company:

• Sales of hosted software services (SaaS) under subscription arrangements.

• Sales of software licenses. Software license revenue is derived from the sale of perpetual and term license arrangements to customers.

• Sales of maintenance and support services. Maintenance and support services include telephone and web-based support, software updates, and rights to unspecified software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis during the maintenance term.

• Sales of professional services. Professional services primarily relate to the implementation of the Company’s SaaS offerings and software licenses.

In accordance with ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue from the identified performance obligations, as determined in its contracts with customers, as control is transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive. The Company applies the following five steps to achieve the core principle of ASC 606:

(1) Identify the contract with the customer

The Company considers the terms and conditions of the contracts and its customary business practices in identifying contracts under ASC 606. The Company has determined that a contract with a customer exists when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. The Company applies judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

(2) Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the products and services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the

F-14

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from the Company, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products or services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

(3) Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that no significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will occur. The sale of the Company’s software and SaaS products may include variable consideration relating to changes in a customer’s direct written premium (DWP) managed by these solutions. The Company estimates variable consideration based on historical DWP usage to the extent that a significant revenue reversal is not probable to occur.

In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined that contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of the Company’s invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from customers or to provide customers with financing.

(4) Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (SSP).

(5) Recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the promised product or service to a customer. Revenue is recognized when control of the products or services are transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to receive in exchange for those products or services.

The Company records revenue net of applicable sales taxes collected. Sales taxes collected from customers are recorded as part of accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are remitted to state and local taxing jurisdictions based on the filing requirements of each jurisdiction.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company provides disaggregation of revenue based on product and service type on the consolidated statements of operations as it believes these categories best depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are effected by economic factors.

F-15

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The following table summarizes revenue by geographic area based on the location of the customers for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

	Years ended August 31
	2017		2018		2019
United States	$	150,458		147,099		162,585
All other		6,263		12,570		8,688
Total revenue	$	156,721		159,669		171,273

Subscription Arrangements

The transaction price allocated to subscription arrangements is recognized as revenue over time throughout the term of the contract as the services are provided on a continuous basis, beginning after the SaaS environment is provisioned and made available to customers. The Company’s subscription arrangements generally have terms of three to seven years, and are generally payable on a monthly basis over the term of the subscription arrangement, which is typically noncancelable. Revenue is recognized ratably using contractual DWP as the measure of progress.

Software Licenses

The Company has concluded that its software licenses provide the customer with the right to functional intellectual property (IP), and are distinct performance obligations as the customer can benefit from the software licenses on their own. The transaction price allocated to perpetual and term license arrangements is recognized as revenue at a point in time when control is transferred to the customer, which generally occurs at the time of delivery. Perpetual software license fees are generally payable when the contract is executed. Term license fees are generally payable in advance on an annual basis over the term of the license arrangement, which is typically noncancelable. Perpetual and term license arrangements are delivered before related services are provided, including maintenance and support services, and are functional without such services.

Maintenance and Support Services

Maintenance and support contracts associated with the Company’s software licenses entitle customers to receive technical support and software updates, on a when and if available basis, during the term of the maintenance and support contract. Technical support and software updates are considered distinct from the related software licenses but accounted for as a single performance obligation as they each constitute a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. The transaction price allocated to software maintenance and support is recognized as revenue over time on a straight-line basis over the term of the maintenance and support contract. Maintenance and support fees are generally payable in advance on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over the term of the maintenance and support contract. Maintenance and support contracts are priced as a percentage of the associated software license.

Professional Services

The Company’s professional services revenue is primarily comprised of implementation services provided to customers. The majority of professional services engagements are billed to customers on a

F-16

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

time and materials basis. The Company has determined that professional services provided to customers represent distinct performance obligations. These services may be provided on a stand-alone basis or bundled with other performance obligations, including subscription arrangements, software licenses, and maintenance and support services. The transaction price allocated to these performance obligations is recognized as revenue over time as the services are performed. In those limited instances where professional services arrangements are sold on a fixed price basis, revenue is recognized over time using an input measure of time incurred to date relative to total estimated time to be incurred at project completion. Invoices for all professional services arrangements are generally invoiced monthly in arrears.

The Company records reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses associated with professional services contracts in both revenue and cost of revenue.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers can include multiple performance obligations, where the transaction price is allocated to each identified performance obligation based on their relative SSP. The Company’s contracts may also grant the customer an option to acquire additional products or services, which the Company assesses to determine whether or not any discount on the products or services is in excess of levels normally available to similar customers and, if so, accounts for the optional product or service as an additional performance obligation.

The Company typically determines SSP based on the observable prices of the promised goods or services charged when sold separately to customers, which are determined using contractually stated prices. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, the Company determines SSP based on its overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including customer size and geography. The various products and services comprising contracts with multiple performance obligations are typically capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. The Company allocates revenue to each of the performance obligations included in a contract with multiple performance obligations at the inception of the contract.

The SSP for perpetual or term license arrangements sold in contracts with multiple performance obligations is determined using the residual approach. The Company utilizes the residual approach because the selling prices for software licenses is highly variable and a SSP is not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence. Periodically, the Company evaluates whether the use of the residual approach remains appropriate for performance obligations associated with software licenses when sold as part of contracts with multiple performance obligations. As a result, if the SSP analysis illustrates that the selling prices for software licenses are no longer highly variable, the Company will utilize the relative allocation method for such arrangements.

Contract Modifications

The Company may enter into amendments to previously executed contracts which constitute a contract modification. The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price when the remaining products or services are not distinct is recognized to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis. Contract modifications are accounted for prospectively when it results in the promise to deliver additional products and services that are distinct and the increase in the price of the contract corresponds to the SSP of the additional products or services.

F-17

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Contract Balances

Contract assets and liabilities are presented net at the contract level for each reporting period. Contract assets consist of unbilled revenue and represent amounts under contracts with customers where revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue and include billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue that will be realized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current, and the remaining balance is recorded as noncurrent.

For the year ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, $21,209, $12,651 and $10,988, respectively, of the Company’s unbilled revenue balance that was included in the corresponding unbilled revenue balance at the beginning of the period presented became an unconditional right to payment and was billed to its customers.

For the year ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $11,331, $14,136 and $16,168, respectively, that was included in the corresponding deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period presented.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. As of August 31, 2019, approximately $304,447 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations in the amount of approximately $79,241 in fiscal 2020 and approximately $225,206 thereafter. The estimated revenues do not include unexercised contract renewals. The Company applied the practical expedient in accordance with ASC 606 to exclude amounts related to professional services contracts that are on a time and materials basis.

(h) Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue is primarily composed of personnel costs and costs of external resources used in the delivery of professional services to customers, including software configuration, integration services, and training; customer support activities; third-party costs incurred related to hosting the Company’s software for its customers; amortization of acquired technology intangible assets; depreciation expense; and cost of software production and license fees paid to third parties.

(i) Contract Costs

The Company allocates the incremental costs to obtain a contract among the identified performance obligations that are included in the contract, on a relative basis to the allocated transaction price.

Incremental costs primarily comprise of commissions paid to the Company’s sales representatives. Any such costs that are allocated to performance obligations that are recognized at a point in time are expensed at that time. Any such costs that are allocated to performance obligations that are recognized over time are capitalized in the period in which they are incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of the associated contract. The Company determined to use the straight-line basis as the expected benefit will be realized uniformly over the amortization period. Commissions paid relating to contract renewals are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the related renewal period. As a practical expedient, the Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that it otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

F-18

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The Company has estimated that the typical period of benefit for its contracts is 8 years, based on both qualitative and quantitative factors, including product lifecycle attributes and historical customer retention data. The Company assesses deferred contract costs for impairment on an annual basis. Amortization expense associated with deferred contract costs are recorded within selling, general, and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Deferred contract costs are included within other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company does not incur up-front, direct fulfillment-related costs of a nature required to be capitalized and amortized.

(j) Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. At August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have any cash equivalents or restricted cash.

(k) Accounts Receivable and Payment Terms

Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances and are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Payment terms and conditions vary by contract and the product and service being provided. Invoices are typically due within 30 days of receipt by a customer.

(l) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable. The allowance reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. It is based upon historical experience and management’s evaluation of outstanding accounts receivable at the end of the fiscal year. When new information becomes available that allows the Company to more accurately estimate the allowance, an adjustment is made, which is considered a change in accounting estimate. The carrying value of accounts receivable approximates their fair value. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $189 and $316 as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(m) Unbilled Revenue

Revenues recognized in excess of the amounts invoiced to customers are classified as unbilled revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to invoice all of the unbilled revenue recorded at each reporting period over the term of the contract which ranges from two to six years.

(n) Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. Concentration of credit risk, with respect to cash and cash equivalents, is limited because the Company places its investments in highly rated institutions.

The Company is potentially subject to concentration of credit risk primarily through its accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains

F-19

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

allowances for potential credit losses which, when realized, have been within the range of management’s expectations. The Company generally does not require collateral. Credit risk on accounts receivables is minimized as a result of the large and diverse nature of the Company’s customer base.

The Company generates revenues in the capacity of a subcontractor to Accenture, a related party (as described in note 17). Services provided to Accenture accounted for 38%, 8% and 2% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Accenture was the only customer that individually accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for the year ended August 31, 2017. Two customers individually accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for the year ended August 31, 2018 at approximately 11% and 10%, respectively. One customer individually accounted for 10% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended August 31, 2019. The Company also assessed customer concentration by combining customers that are under common control and considered them as one entity. On this basis, two consolidated entities accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for the year ended August 31, 2019 at approximately 13% and 10%, respectively.

As of August 31, 2018, one customer individually accounted for approximately 13% of accounts receivable. As of August 31, 2019, two customers individually accounted for approximately 13% and 10% of accounts receivable, respectively. No other customer individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable for these reporting periods.

(o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments consist mainly of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and borrowings under the Company’s credit facility. The carrying amount of accounts receivable is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based on historical collections and known credit risks, and approximates the fair value of accounts receivable.

(p) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Computer equipment and purchased software	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 years
Office equipment	3 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of estimated useful life or life of lease

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for renewals or betterments are capitalized.

(q) Software Development Costs

The Company has evaluated the establishment of technological feasibility of its perpetual and term license arrangements in accordance with FASB ASC 985-20, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. The Company sells software products in a market

F-20

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

that is subject to rapid technological change, new product development, and changing customer needs. Accordingly, the Company has concluded that technological feasibility for most software products is not established until the development stage of the software product is nearly complete. The Company defines technological feasibility as the completion of a working model. The period of time during which costs could be capitalized, from the point of reaching technological feasibility until the time of general software product release, is very short; consequently, the amounts that capitalized are not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

With respect to the Company’s SaaS products sold to its customers, costs incurred in the preliminary design and development stages of a project are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. Once a project has reached the application development stage, certain internal, external, direct and indirect costs may be subject to capitalization. Generally, costs are capitalized until the technology is available for its intended use. Subsequent costs incurred for the development of future upgrades and enhancements, which are expected to result in additional functionality, follow the same protocol for capitalization. Capitalized software development costs are recorded in property and equipment on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

(r) Business Combinations

The Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is calculated as the difference between the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of these assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, subsequent adjustments, if any, are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

(s) Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment annually in June of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company has determined that it is comprised of one reporting unit for purposes of its annual impairment evaluation. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, or opts not to perform a qualitative assessment, then the two-step goodwill impairment test will be performed. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the second step will be performed; otherwise, no the second step is not required. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount. Any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over the implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss, and the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. No impairment losses associated with goodwill impairment have been recorded by the Company to date.

F-21

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(t) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and acquired intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. The Company determined that there were no impairments of long-lived assets, including acquired intangible assets, during the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2019.

(u) Deferred Financing Fees

Deferred financing fees include costs incurred primarily in connection with entering into the Company’s revolving credit facility (see note 10). These costs are capitalized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in other assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the revolving credit facility. Amortization expense is included as a component of interest expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(v) Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Compensation: Stock Compensation. FASB ASC 718 requires all share-based awards to employees, including the Company’s grants of Class D incentive units and Phantom Unit incentive awards, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values.

The determination of the fair value of the share-based compensation awards is estimated by management using an income approach and through the use of an option pricing model, to allocate the estimated value of the Company to each of the classes of partnership units (including those classes of partnership units which are awarded as share-based compensation awards). The Company recognizes the compensation cost of share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period (typically the vesting period) of the award. The Company recognize forfeitures as they occur.

(w) Income Taxes

The Company is a limited partnership for income tax purposes. While the Company is a limited partnership, the subsidiaries are the primary entities from an income tax perspective. As discussed in note 12, the Company bases its income tax rate reconciliation and other tax disclosures on the fact that the U.S. is the predominant tax jurisdiction where the Company operates.

The subsidiaries of the Company are treated as corporations for income tax purposes. Accordingly, income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax asset and liabilities are recognized for differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, by using enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Valuation allowances are provided if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-22

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in its consolidated statements of operations.

(x) Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the cost was incurred. Total advertising expenses incurred were immaterial for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

(y) Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02) and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU No. 2017-13, ASU No. 2018-10, and ASU No. 2018-11 (collectively, ASC 842). The new guidance generally requires an entity to recognize on its balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets, as well as to recognize the expenses on its statements of operations in a manner similar to that required under current accounting rules. The standard will be effective for the Company on September 1, 2019. The new standard requires a modified retrospective transition for existing leases to each prior reporting period presented. The Company will elect the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allows the Company to carryforward its historical lease classification, its assessment on whether a contract is or contains a lease, and its initial direct costs for any leases that exist prior to adoption of the new standard. The Company will also elect to combine lease and nonlease components and to keep leases with an initial term of twelve months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Although the Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of ASC 842 on its consolidated financial statements, the Company currently expects the most significant changes will be related to the recognition of new right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for its real estate operating leases. The Company does not expect the new standard to have a material impact on its consolidated statement of operations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13). The new standard requires companies to measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the new standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). This new guidance simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new standard, entities will perform goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-23

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract (ASU 2018-15). This new guidance requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the internal-use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to defer and recognize as an asset. ASU 2018-15 generally aligns the guidance on recognizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with that for implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software, including hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license. ASU 2018-15 is effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2018-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

Other recent accounting pronouncements that are or will be applicable to the Company did not, or are not expected to, have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements.

(3) Business Combinations

Acquisition of Outline Systems LLC

On October 17, 2018, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Outline Systems LLC (Outline) for total consideration of $20,439. The consideration consisted of cash totaling $9,814, Class C Units valued at $2,025 and the fair value of contingent consideration of $8,600 (Outline Earnout). The acquisition presented the Company with an opportunity to add distribution management software to its current product offerings as well as distribution management experts to its current team.

The transaction was accounted for as a business combination as Outline contained inputs and processes that were capable of being operated as a business. In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price paid has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of the acquisition. The following tables present the consideration paid and the allocation of the consideration paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

Consideration at fair value:

Cash paid at closing	$	9,814
Fair value of Class C Units		2,025
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration		8,600
	$	20,439

F-24

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Accounts receivable	$	824
Unbilled receivables		69
Intangible assets		3,800
Goodwill		16,823
Other assets		299
Total assets acquired		21,815
Accrued liabilities and accounts payable		(641	)
Deferred revenue		(695	)
Other liabilities		(40	)
Total liabilities assumed		(1,376	)
Acquisition consideration paid	$	20,439

Acquired intangible assets include completed technology of $1,000 with a useful life of six years and customer relationships of $2,800 with a useful life of 14 years. The intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis, which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are being utilized. The goodwill of $16,823 arising from the acquisition is the result of having a workforce in place, expected synergies, access to working capital and improved vendor and customer relations.

As part of the Outline Earnout, the sellers can receive up to $10,250 in additional payments related to the achievement of a target level of sales value over the three year period subsequent to the acquisition. The sales value will be measured each year, and payments will be made to the sellers to the extent earned.

The fair value of the Outline Earnout was estimated using an income-based approach to determine the risk-neutral expected earnout payment for each year. The expected payments were then discounted to determine the fair value as of the acquisition date. The Company re-values the Outline Earnout at each subsequent reporting period and recognizes the change in fair value in the accompanying statements of operations.

Acquisition of CedeRight Products

On June 10, 2019, the Company acquired the CedeRight Products business from DataCede LLC for total consideration of $2,903. The consideration consisted of cash totaling $1,829 and the fair value of contingent consideration of $1,075 (CedeRight Earnout). The acquisition presented the Company with an opportunity to add reinsurance products to its current product offerings. The total consideration of $2,903 was allocated to the fair value of assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill of $2,734.

As part of the CedeRight Earnout, the sellers can receive up to $1,075 in additional payments related to the achievement of a target level of sales value over the one year period subsequent to the acquisition. The sales value will be measured every three months, and payments will be made to the sellers to the extent earned.

The Company has not furnished pro forma financial information relating to Outline or CedeRight because such information is not material to the Company’s financial results.

F-25

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Contingent Earnout Liability

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Company’s contingent earnout liability during the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2019:

	Yodil, LLC			Outline Systems, LLC		CedeRight Products		Total
Balance at August 31, 2017	$	4,699			—		—		4,699
Change in fair value, including accretion		801			—		—		801
Payments to sellers		(2,938	)		—		—		(2,938	)
Balance at August 31, 2018		2,562			—		—		2,562
Acquisition date fair value		—			8,600		1,075		9,675
Change in fair value, including accretion		(212	)		840		—		628
Payments to sellers		(2,350	)		—		—		(2,350	)
Balance at August 31, 2019	$	—			9,440		1,075		10,515

The final earnout payment relating to the Yodil acquisition was made in January 2019. The total cumulative earnout paid to the Yodil sellers was $5,288.

(4) Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market.

Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy, as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

• Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

• Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

F-26

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using the above input categories as of August 31, 2018 and 2019:

	��	August 31, 2018
		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Liabilities:
Contingent earnout liability		$	—		—		2,562		2,562
Total liabilities		$	—		—		2,562		2,562
		August 31, 2019
		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Liabilities:
Contingent earnout liability		$	—		—		10,515		10,515
Total liabilities		$	—		—		10,515		10,515

The Company had no assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2018 and 2019.

(5) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted of the following:

	August 31
	2018		2019
Prepaid software licenses	$	1,764		2,234
Tenant improvement allowance receivable		1,192		1,719
Other		2,981		1,819
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	5,937		5,772

(6) Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted of the following:

	August 31
	2018			2019
Leasehold improvements	$	7,871			11,464
Internal-use software		1,456			4,412
Computer equipment		2,440			3,685
Furniture and fixtures		1,878			2,031
Office equipment		366			873
Purchased software		62			93
Total property and equipment		14,073			22,558
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(3,413	)		(5,500	)
Property and equipment, net	$	10,660			17,058

F-27

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $1,400, $1,915 and $2,398 for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, capitalized internal-use software projects relating to the Company’s SaaS products have not been completed and are not available for their intended use. Accordingly, the Company has not yet determined the useful life of the software, nor have all the costs associated with these projects been incurred.

(7) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill is the result of its acquisitions of other businesses and represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The following table displays the changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill:

Balance at August 31, 2017	$	252,898
Reporting period activity		—
Balance at August 31, 2018		252,898
Acquisition of Outline Systems LLC		16,823
Acquisition of CedeRight Products		2,734
Balance at August 31, 2019	$	272,455

Intangible assets as of August 31, 2018, and 2019 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2018
	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Weighted average remaining life
Customer relationships	$	100,800		21,001		79,799		8.0 years
Acquired technology		30,840		9,360		21,480		4.9 years
Trademarks and tradenames		9,400		1,958		7,442		8.0 years
Domain name		100		20		80		8.0 years
Backlog		6,700		3,346		3,354		4.0 years
	$	147,840		35,685		112,155
	August 31, 2019
	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Weighted average remaining life
Customer relationships	$	103,600		31,255		72,345		7.5 years
Acquired technology		32,235		14,040		18,195		4.0 years
Trademarks and tradenames		9,400		2,898		6,502		7.0 years
Domain name		100		30		70		7.0 years
Backlog		6,700		5,056		1,644		3.0 years
	$	152,035		53,279		98,756

Amortization expense was $16,724, $17,677 and $17,594 for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense is recorded on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives

F-28

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

of the assets. Amortization expense associated with the backlog intangible asset is classified as a reduction of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

As of August 31, 2019, the estimated future amortization of purchased intangible assets is as follows:

Fiscal year:
2020	$	17,069
2021		16,328
2022		15,793
2023		15,225
2024 and thereafter		34,341
Total	$	98,756

(8) Other Assets

Other assets as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted of the following:

	August 31
	2018		2019
Deferred contract costs	$	5,027		8,375
Deferred offering costs		—		1,034
Other noncurrent assets		1,707		2,180
Total other assets	$	6,734		11,589

The amortization related to deferred contracts costs were $163, $469 and $734 for the year ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and there was no impairment loss in relation to the costs capitalized. Deferred offering costs consist of direct, incremental legal, accounting and other professional fees relating to the Company’s planned initial public offering. These costs will be offset against the proceeds received from an initial public offering, if and when such a transaction is consummated.

(9) Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted of the following:

	��	August 31
		2018		2019
Accrued bonuses		$	8,761		10,526
Accrued hosting fees			929		6,119
Accrued vacation			4,318		4,678
Accrued commissions			2,255		2,792
Accrued professional service fees			1,513		1,530
Other			3,264		5,358
Total accrued liabilities		$	21,040		31,003

(10) Credit Facility

On October 4, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a group of lenders for a revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $30,000 that matures on October 4, 2019. The

F-29

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

revolving credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s tangible assets. Interest accrues on the revolving credit facility at a variable rate based upon the type of borrowing made by the Company. Borrowings can either incur interest at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin, or incur interest at the higher of: (i) the Prime Rate, (2) the Fed Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or (3) LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 2.0% to 3.0% depending on the interest rate basis and type of borrowing elected. In addition to interest on the revolving credit facility, the Company pays a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Repayment of any amounts borrowed are not required until maturity of the revolving credit facility, however the Company may repay any amounts borrowed at any time, without premium or penalty.

The Company is required to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants under the terms of the revolving credit facility. These covenants include limits on the creation of liens, limits on making certain investments, limits on incurring additional indebtedness, maintaining a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA, and maintaining a leverage ratio at or below a maximum level. The Company was in compliance with these financial and nonfinancial covenants as of August 31, 2019.

The Company incurred $331 of costs directly related to obtaining the revolving credit facility which have been recorded as deferred financing fees and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the revolving credit facility.

The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility at August 31, 2018 and 2019 was $0 and $4,000, respectively. Letters of credit of $900 under the revolving credit facility were outstanding as of August 31, 2018 and 2019.

(11) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Leases

The Company leases its facilities under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2028. Included in the accompanying statements of operations is rent expense for leased facilities of $2,699, $4,021 and $4,662 for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For operating leases that contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the total related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, with a deferred asset or liability reported on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the difference between straight-line rent expense and cash paid.

None of the Company’s operating leases contain contingent rent provisions. The amortization period for all leasehold improvements is the lesser of the estimated useful life of the assets or the related lease term.

Future minimum lease payments under the operating lease agreements as of August 31, 2019 are as follows:

Fiscal year ended August 31:
2020	$	4,821
2021		4,549
2022		3,645
2023		3,619
Thereafter		15,575
Total future minimum payments	$	32,209

F-30

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(b) Litigation

From time to time, the Company is a party to or can be threatened with litigation in the ordinary course of business. The Company regularly analyzes current information, including, as applicable, the Company’s defenses and insurance coverage and, as necessary, provides accruals for probable and estimable liabilities for the eventual disposition of any matters. The Company was not a party to any material legal proceedings as of August 31, 2018 or 2019.

(c) Guarantees

The Company’s products are typically warranted to perform in a manner consistent with general industry standards that are reasonably applicable and substantially in accordance with the Company’s product documentation under normal use and circumstances. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed in a professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in the related customer contract. The Company’s arrangements also include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if its products or services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.

To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications or commitments and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

(12) Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act tax reform legislation (the 2017 Tax Act) was enacted into law. This legislation made significant changes in U.S. tax law including, but not limited to, a reduction in the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated (Transition Tax), and a repeal of the corporate alternative minimum tax. The 2017 Tax Act also establishes new tax laws that will affect later years including, but not limited to, a general limitation of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries, net operating loss deduction limitations, a base erosion, anti-tax abuse tax (BEAT) and a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI).

As a result of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act, the blended U.S. statutory federal income tax rate for the Company for the year ended August 31, 2018 was 25.7%. The Company remeasured its deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the decrease as of August 31, 2018. However, the impact was offset by a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance. The Company has also concluded that it will not be subject to the Transition Tax, and it does not provide deferred taxes on unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as it intends to indefinitely reinvest those earnings. Further, the Company has made a policy decision to record GILTI tax as a current period expense when, and if, incurred.

The Company’s loss before income taxes for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 is as follows:

	August 31
	2017			2018			2019
United States	$	(24,509	)		(16,149	)		(18,196	)
Foreign		727			8,701			2,450
Loss before income taxes	$	(23,782	)		(7,448	)		(15,746	)

F-31

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

	August 31
	2017			2018			2019
Current:
Federal	$	—			—			—
State		191			(39	)		54
International:
India		803			824			1,028
Other international		133			102			(120	)
Total current tax expense		1,127			887			962
Deferred:
Federal		25			(16	)		(8	)
State		5			13			(18	)
International:
India		(17	)		(494	)		60
Other international		(132	)		(36	)		154
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense		(119	)		(533	)		188
Total provision for income taxes	$	1,008			354			1,150

The table below reconciles the differences between income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate and the provision for income taxes:

	August 31
	2017			2018			2019
Expected income tax		34.0	%		25.7	%		21.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit		(0.5	)		1.9			1.2
Permanent differences		(0.4	)		(1.0	)		(1.2	)
Share-based compensation		(2.4	)		(6.0	)		(2.8	)
Federal research and development credits		—			15.4			0.6
Foreign rate differential		0.7			2.8			(3.9	)
Change in valuation allowance		(35.4	)		(43.9	)		(22.1	)
Other		(0.2	)		0.4			(0.1	)
Total income tax expense		(4.2	)%		(4.7	)%		(7.3	)%

F-32

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:

	August 31
	2018			2019
Assets:
Net operating loss carryforward	$	16,357			17,928
Intangible assets		28,083			27,911
Tax credits		1,959			2,230
Other nondeductible expenses		5,952			6,612
Interest expense carryforward		155			1,675
Other		352			35
Gross deferred tax assets		52,858			56,391
Less valuation allowance		(40,042	)		(47,065	)
Total deferred tax assets		12,816			9,326
Liabilities:
Deferred revenue		(10,134	)		(5,009	)
Intangible assets		(286	)		(395	)
Capitalized items		(1,671	)		(3,457	)
Other		(73	)		0
Total deferred tax liabilities		(12,164	)		(8,861	)
Total net deferred tax assets	$	652			465

The Company recognizes a net deferred tax asset for the future benefit of tax losses, tax credit carryforwards, and other deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover these deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its past operating results, the existence of cumulative income in the most recent years, changes in the business, the projected reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, its forecast of future taxable income, and the availability of tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

As of the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company evaluated the likelihood that it would realize its deferred tax assets and concluded that a valuation allowance is necessary, except in certain foreign subsidiaries which generate income. The valuation allowance increased by $7,023 for the year ended August 31, 2019 primarily due to additional operating losses generated during the year. The valuation allowance decreased by $7,459 for the year ended August 31, 2018 primarily due to decreases in deferred tax assets associated with intangible assets and other nondeductible expenses partially offset by additional operating losses generated during the year. The valuation allowance increased by $18,156 for the year ended August 31, 2017 primarily due to additional operating losses generated during the year.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had U.S. federal and U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of $61,418 and $41,528, respectively. U.S federal net operating loss carryforwards of $25,491 have no expiration date and will be carried forward indefinitely until used. The remaining U.S federal and U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2034. As of August 31, 2019, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $14,479 that can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company also had U.S. federal research and development credit carryforwards of $1,737, U.S. state

F-33

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

research and development credit carryforwards of $416 and a state investment tax credit carryforward of $208 as of August 31, 2019. These credit carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2031.

Utilization of the net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. The Company has not yet completed a Section 382 calculation.

A reconciliation of unrecognized income tax benefits is as follows:

	Amount
Balance at August 31, 2017	$	507
Additions based on current year tax positions		312
Balance at August 31, 2018		819
Additions based on current year tax positions		(424	)
Balance at August 31, 2019	$	395

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more-likely than-not threshold for recognizing and resolving uncertain tax positions. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity, and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions on an annual basis and adjusts the level of the liability to reflect any subsequent changes in the relevant facts surrounding the uncertain positions. The Company elected an accounting policy to record interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. Due to its loss position, the Company has reduced its gross deferred tax assets by $819 and $395 for uncertain tax positions as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. During the next 12 months, the Company does not expect any material changes to its uncertain tax positions other than the accrual of interest in the normal course of business.

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by U.S. federal and certain state and foreign taxing authorities. All tax periods remain subject to income tax examinations as of August 31, 2019 in these jurisdictions.

(13) Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital

As of August 31, 2019, the following units of the partnership were authorized, issued and outstanding units of the partnership in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement (Partnership Agreement):

Description	Authorized		Issued and outstanding
Unit classes:
Class A		5,000,000,000		252,141,484
Class B		5,000,000,000		168,094,255
Class C		5,000,000,000		3,660,106
Class D		46,932,872		46,315,024

F-34

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

In August 2016, the Company issued 230,700,015 of the Class A Units to entities affiliates with Apax Partners LLC in exchange for cash proceeds of $230,700 which was utilized to fund the acquisition of the Duck Creek entities. Additionally, as part of the consideration paid for the acquisition of the Duck Creek entities, 153,799,943 Class B Units valued at $153,800 were issued to Accenture.

In August 2016, the Company issued 21,441,468 Class A Units and 14,294,312 Class B Units to entities affiliated with Apax Partners LLC in exchange for cash proceeds of $35,736 which was utilized to fund the acquisition of Agencyport.

In August 2016, the Company issued 2,160,106 Class C Units to members of the Company’s management in exchange for cash proceeds of $2,160. A subscriptions receivable in the amount of $1,090 was recorded as of August 31, 2016 to account for cash received in 2017 relating to this transaction.

In October 2018, the Company issued 1,500,000 Class C Units, with an aggregate fair value of $2,025, as part of the purchase price of the Outline acquisition as further described in note 3.

Additionally, the Company issues Class D incentive units and Phantom Unit incentive awards to certain employees and directors of the Company (see note 14). During the year ended August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company granted an aggregate of 1,335,000 and 9,015,000 Class D incentive units and Phantom Unit incentive awards, respectively. An aggregate total of 46,315,024 Class D incentive units and Phantom Unit incentive awards are issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2019 and an aggregate of 4,873,558 and 5,460,901 of such units vested during the years ended August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Class A, Class B, and Class C Units are held by the Company’s limited partners, with the exception of 100 Class A Units which are held by the Company’s general partner.

Profits and losses are allocated to each class in such a manner, as close as possible, to equal the amount that would be distributable to each partner upon dissolution of the Company. The rights and preferences of the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D Units are as follows:

Voting rights: All units of the limited partners are deemed to be nonvoting units and do not entitle any holder thereof to any right to vote upon or approve any action to be taken by the Company. The Company’s general partner, Disco (Cayman) GP Co., has broad authority to act on behalf of the partnership.

Distribution preferences: The partners of the Company are entitled to receive distributions in the following order priority: (1) first, 100% to the holders of Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units in proportion to their unreturned capital amounts, (2) second, to all holders, on a ratable basis, of Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units held at the time of distribution.

Liquidation preferences: Upon any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the partners are entitled to a distribution of the remaining assets of the Company after payment or provision for the Company’s liabilities has been made, in accordance with the distribution preferences described above.

Redemption rights: No units of the Company provide the holder with the right to redeem the units, outside of the distribution and liquidation terms described above. Although units of the Company are not mandatorily or currently redeemable, they are classified outside of partner’s capital because they are potentially redeemable upon certain events outside of the Company’s control, including a change in control, sale, dissolution, or winding up.

Repurchase rights: In the event that an employee holding Class C Units is terminated for cause or upon breach of the agreement between the Company and the employee, the Company has the right to repurchase the Class C Units for the lower of the cost basis (to the holder) of the Class C Units, the fair value of the Class C Units at the date of termination or the fair value of the Class C Units at the date of repurchase. The Company also has the right to repurchase vested Class D Units upon termination as further described in note 14.

F-35

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(14) Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

	August 31
	2017		2018		2019
Cost of subscription revenue	$	52		233		21
Cost of license revenue		—		—		—
Cost of maintenance and support revenue		4		—		9
Cost of services revenue		172		—		122
Research and development		440		395		398
Sales and marketing		234		338		417
General and administrative		772		773		1,103
Total share-based compensation expense	$	1,674		1,739		2,070

Class D Units and Phantom Units

The Company grants Class D incentive units (Class D Units) to certain employees and directors under the terms of Incentive Unit Award Agreements. The Company also grants Phantom Unit incentive awards (Phantom Units) to certain employees of its international subsidiaries. A maximum of 46,932,872 Class D Units and Phantom Units may be granted under the Partnership Agreement. The Class D Units and Phantom Units are granted in three tranches, as follows:

Class D-1 Units and Phantom Units	80% of the units granted
Class D-2 Units and Phantom Units	10% of the units granted
Class D-3 Units and Phantom Units	10% of the units granted

Vesting of the Class D Units is 50% time-based, quarterly, over a four year period from the vesting start date, and 50% based on the date in which the Class D Units become participating units. These vesting terms apply to each of the Class D-1, Class D-2 and Class D-3 tranches described above. Class D-1 Units become participating units upon the later of: (i) the date which aggregate distributions by the Company exceed the minimum threshold equity value (as defined in each Incentive Unit Award Agreement), or (ii) when the total cumulative distributions made to the Class A Unit holders exceed the aggregate investment made by the Class A Unit holders. Class D-2 and D-3 Units become participating units upon the later of: (i) the date which aggregate distributions by the Company exceed the minimum threshold equity value (as defined in each Incentive Unit Award Agreement), or (ii) when the total cumulative distributions made to the Class A Unit holders exceed either three times (Class D-2 Units) or four times (Class D-3 Units) the aggregate investment made by the Class A Unit holders.

In the event that a Class D Unit holder ceases to provide services to the Company prior to the vesting of any of the Class D Units, the unvested Class D Units will be canceled and forfeited. Any vested Class D Units held by such holder can be repurchased by the Company for the lower of the cost basis to the holder (which may be $0 if granted as an incentive unit) or fair value of the Class D Units at the date of termination.

The Company has concluded that the Class D Units should be treated as equity classified share-based compensation awards. Share-based compensation expense related to the issuance of Class D Units is calculated based upon the fair value of the Class D Units at the time of grant and recognized ratably over the requisite service period of the award.

F-36

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The terms of the Phantom Unit awards are similar to the Class D Unit awards, however they do not represent ownership of any class of unit of the Company. The Phantom Units vest and become participating units in similar fashion to the Class D Units as described above. The holder of a vested and participating Phantom Unit is eligible to receive a distribution in the same form and consideration as a Class D Unit holder, however only upon a change in control event. Upon receiving the distribution, the Phantom Units will cease to be outstanding. In the event that a Phantom Unit holder ceases to provide services to the Company, all vested and unvested Phantom Units will be canceled and forfeited.

The Company has concluded that the Phantom Units should be treated as liability classified share-based compensation awards because they would be settled in cash upon a change in control event. Additionally, as a change in control event represents a contingent future event outside of the control of the Company, the Company will not record any share-based compensation expense related to the Phantom Units until the contingency is resolved.

The following is a summary of the Company’s Class D Unit awards:

	Number of Class D Units			Weighted average grant date fair value
Nonvested, August 31, 2017		34,569,288		$	0.18
Granted		1,000,000			0.14
Vested		(4,737,776	)		0.18
Forfeited		(1,871,875	)		0.18
Nonvested, August 31, 2018		28,959,637			0.18
Granted		8,640,000			0.13
Vested		(5,264,026	)		0.17
Forfeited		(1,943,750	)		0.18
Nonvested, August 31, 2019		30,391,861			0.17

Unrecognized compensation cost of $3,871 related to Class D Units as of August 31, 2019 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

The following is a summary of the Company’s Phantom Unit awards:

	Number of Phantom Units			Weighted average grant date fair value
Nonvested, August 31, 2017		935,156		$	0.18
Granted		335,000			0.14
Vested		(135,781	)		0.18
Forfeited		(84,375	)		0.18
Nonvested, August 31, 2018		1,050,000			0.17
Granted		375,000			0.13
Vested		(196,875	)		0.16
Forfeited		—			—
Nonvested, August 31, 2019		1,228,125			0.16

Unrecognized compensation cost related to the Phantom Units was $586 as of August 31, 2019.

F-37

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Determining the Fair Value of Class D Units and Phantom Units

The fair value of Class D Units and Phantom Units is determined by the Company’s board of directors on each grant date. Given the absence of a public trading market of the Class D Units and Phantom Units, the Company’s board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair market value of the Class D Units and Phantom Units, including:

• contemporaneous third-party valuations;

• the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of the Class A Units, Class B Units, and Class C Units relative to the Class D Units and Phantom Units;

• the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, including related industry trends affecting its operations;

• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale, given prevailing market conditions;

• the lack of marketability of the Class D Units and Phantom Units;

• the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and

• the United States and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

(15) Segment Information and Information about Geographic Areas

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by product and geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating segment.

Revenues by geographic area presented based upon the location of the customer are included in note 2(g).

Property and equipment, net by geographic area are as follows:

	August 31
	2018		2019
United States	$	9,742		15,832
All other		918		1,226
Total property and equipment, net	$	10,660		17,058

(16) Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all U.S.-based employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Under the terms of the 401(k) plan, the employees can elect to make tax-deferred contributions to the 401(k) plan and the Company can make discretionary contributions. Under this plan, discretionary contributions of $3,615, $4,475 and $5,041 were made by the Company for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-38

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Other Long-Term Obligations

The Company accrues for long-term termination obligations earned by employees of its subsidiary in India. The termination obligation would be payable to the employee in the event of termination without cause and is based upon the employee’s wage and years of service, and the applicable payment formula as dictated by statute. The liability is based on an actuarial estimate. The accrued obligation was $1,041 and $1,387 as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(17) Related-Party Transactions

Services Provided on Behalf of and by Accenture

Subsequent to the acquisition of Duck Creek, the Company entered into a transition services agreement with Accenture, the sellers of Duck Creek, who also hold 100% of the outstanding Class B Units of the Company. Accenture provided certain operational services under this agreement to the Company. The original transition services agreement expired on August 1, 2017. An extension of the agreement providing for certain software hosting services expired on July 31, 2018. The Company recorded expenses of $17,259 and $4,770 for these Accenture services under the terms of this agreement during the year ended August 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. These expenditures are classified within cost of revenue, research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of August 31, 2018, the Company had outstanding amounts payable to Accenture of $165 relating to the transition services agreement. No expenses relating to the transition services agreement were incurred by the Company during the year ended August 31, 2019.

The Company also provides certain professional services, software maintenance services and SaaS products to end customers as a subcontractor to Accenture as part of its typical revenue generating arrangements. During the years ending August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $52,534, $12,328 and $2,579, respectively, relating to services performed in this subcontractor capacity. As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had outstanding accounts receivables due from Accenture of $830 and $108, respectively, relating to these services. As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had deferred revenue of $636 and $303, respectively, relating to these services.

In addition, the Company also engages Accenture to provide certain professional services on behalf of the Company as part of its typical revenue generating arrangements. During the years ending August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company incurred expenditures of $1,172, $1,585 and $767, respectively, relating to services performed by Accenture. As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had outstanding amounts payable to Accenture of $451 and $58, respectively, relating to these services.

(18) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events or transactions through November 22, 2019 the date which the annual consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Extension of Existing Credit Agreement

On October 2, 2019, the Company amended certain of the financial covenants and extended its credit agreement for two years to a maturity date of October 2, 2021. The Company incurred $228 of costs directly related to the extension, which were deferred and will be amortized over the term of the extension.

F-39

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

Private Placement of Securities and Redemption of Partnership Units

On November 13, 2019, an amendment was made to the Partnership Agreement to authorize the issuance of 37,961,272 Class E Preferred Units and to allow for the redemption of any existing and outstanding units of the partnership, contingent upon the written consent of certain limited partners. The rights and preferences of Class E Preferred Units are materially consistent with the rights and preferences of Class A, Class B and Class C Units as described above in note 13, except for redemption rights which can be exercised by the holders of Class E Preferred Units upon (i) the occurrence of the Company not achieving certain liquidity events by the fourth anniversary of the original issuance of the Class E Preferred Units, and (ii) notice to the Company’s general partner.

On November 13, 2019, the Company issued 31,059,222 Class E Preferred Units in exchange for cash consideration of $90,000 to certain accredited investors. On November 12, 2019, certain limited partners approved the redemption of 14,908,429 Class A Units and 9,938,949 Class B Units in exchange for $72,000.

The Company plans to utilize the net cash received from the issuance of Class E Preferred Units, after redemption of the Class A Units and Class B Units, to pay off the outstanding borrowings from the credit facility and for other general corporate purposes.

(19) Pro forma Financial Information (Unaudited)

The Company has not presented historical basic and diluted net loss per share because the historical capital structure makes the presentation of net loss per share not meaningful, as the Company does not have any shares of common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2019.

Unaudited pro forma financial information has been presented to disclose the pro forma net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc., the registrant in the accompanying Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register shares of common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the effects of the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and the Reorg Merger on the allocation of pro forma net loss between noncontrolling interests and Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. After the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, the noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. held by the continuing owners of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will have a 1.6% economic ownership of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. Accordingly, 1.6% of pro forma net loss will be attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding includes the common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. that will be outstanding after the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, as if such Reorganization Transactions (including the Reorg Merger) occurred on September 1, 2018. In addition, unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding includes the shares issued in the offering, which proceeds would be necessary for the payment of: (i) $64.7 million to Apax to repurchase a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger (of which Larry Wilson, a director of the Company, is expected to receive approximately $0.9 million), (ii) $43.1 million to Accenture and RBW to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by them immediately following the Reorganization Transactions and Reorg Merger, and (iii) $6.3 million to certain international employees to cash settle outstanding equity awards, as if such payments occurred on September 1, 2018.

F-40

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

The supplemental unaudited pro forma information has been computed, based upon the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share. The computations assume there will be no exercise by the underwriters on their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

	Year Ended August 31, 2019
Pro forma net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc., basic and diluted	$	(16,628)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding during the period prior to the offering		106,702,369
Shares issued in the offering necessary to pay member redemptions, repurchases and settlements		4,349,711
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding		111,052,080
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted	$	(0.15)

F-41

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

	August 31, 2019		May 31, 2020
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	11,999	$	19,195
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $316 and $401 at August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, respectively)		25,450		29,686
Unbilled revenue		15,293		18,112
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		5,772		5,818
Total current assets		58,514		72,811
Property and equipment, net		17,058		19,516
Operating lease assets		—		20,491
Goodwill		272,455		272,455
Intangible assets, net		98,756		85,954
Deferred tax assets		860		1,016
Unbilled revenue, net of current portion		8,045		6,408
Other assets		11,589		18,222
Total assets	$	467,277	$	496,873
Liabilities, Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partner’s Capital
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		1,362		911
Accrued liabilities		31,003		39,946
Contingent earnout liability		4,055	��	3,881
Lease liability		—		3,751
Deferred revenue		23,470		24,174
Total current liabilities		59,890		72,663
Contingent earnout liability, net of current portion		6,460		3,100
Borrowings under credit facility		4,000		—
Lease liability, net of current portion		—		22,327
Deferred rent, net of current portion		5,388		—
Deferred revenue, net of current portion		692		200
Other long-term liabilities		1,781		1,739
Total liabilities		78,211		100,029
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Redeemable partners’ interest
General partner interest		—		—
Limited partners’ interest		389,066		396,844
Total redeemable partners’ interest		389,066		396,844
Total partners’ capital		—		—
Total liabilities, redeemable partners’ interest and partners’ capital	$	467,277	$	496,873

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-42

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except unit and per unit information)

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
	2019			2020
Revenue:
Subscription	$	39,932		$	59,368
License		9,539			5,431
Maintenance and support		18,098			17,791
Professional services		55,785			70,760
Total revenue		123,354			153,350
Cost of revenue:
Subscription		16,988			24,871
License		1,467			1,347
Maintenance and support		2,171			2,475
Professional services		31,304			38,839
Total cost of revenue		51,930			67,532
Gross margin		71,424			85,818
Operating expenses:
Research and development		26,339			29,424
Sales and marketing		29,962			33,539
General and administrative		27,074			29,916
Change in fair value of contingent consideration		(212	)		21
Total operating expenses		83,163			92,900
Loss from operations		(11,739	)		(7,082	)
Other expense, net		(312	)		(96	)
Interest expense, net		(1,015	)		(386	)
Loss before income taxes		(13,066	)		(7,564	)
Provision for income taxes		1,007			889
Net loss	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Pro forma net loss per share information (note 17, unaudited)
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted				$	(0.07	)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted					114,093,671

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-43

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital

(In thousands, except unit information)

(Unaudited)

	Total limited partners’ interest						General partner interest		Total redeemable partners’ interest			Total partners’ capital
	Units			Amount
Balance, at August 31, 2018		461,639,618		$	401,867		$	—	$	401,867		$	—
Class C Units issued connection with business combination		1,500,000			2,025			—		2,025			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		6,085,000			—			—		—			—
Share-based compensation expense		—			518			—		518			—
Net loss		—			(8,493	)		—		(8,493	)		—
Balance, at November 30, 2018		469,224,618		$	395,917		$	—	$	395,917		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(1,356,250	)		—			—		—			—
Share-based compensation expense		—			427			—		427			—
Net loss		—			(4,936	)		—		(4,936	)		—
Balance, at February 29, 2019		467,868,368		$	391,408		$	—	$	391,408		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		2,930,000			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(93,750	)		—			—		—			—
Share-based compensation expense		—			549			—		549			—
Net loss		—			(644	)		—		(644	)		—
Balance, at May 31, 2019		470,704,618		$	391,313		$	—	$	391,313		$	—

	Total limited partners’ interest						General partner interest		Total redeemable partners’ interest			Total partners’ capital
	Units			Amount
Balance, at August 31, 2019		470,210,869		$	389,066		$	—	$	389,066		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(622,031	)		—			—		—			—
Class E Units issued, net of issuance costs		41,412,296			115,454			—		115,454			—
Class A Units redeemed		(20,292,029	)		(58,800	)		—		(58,800	)		—
Class B Units redeemed		(13,528,013	)		(39,200	)		—		(39,200	)		—
Share-based compensation expense		—			436			—		436			—
Net loss		—			(4,014	)		—		(4,014	)		—
Balance, at November 30, 2019		477,181,092		$	402,942		$	—	$	402,942		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		3,110,000			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(59,375	)		—			—		—			—
Class E Units issued, net of issuance costs		30,222,126			97,437			—		97,437			—
Class A Units redeemed		(18,133,278	)		(60,000	)		—		(60,000	)		—
Class B Units redeemed		(12,088,848	)		(40,000	)		—		(40,000	)		—
Share-based compensation expense		—			488			—		488			—
Net loss		—			(2,440	)		—		(2,440	)		—
Balance, at February 29, 2020		480,231,717		$	398,427		$	—	$	398,427		$	—
Class D Units and Phantom Units granted		660,000			—			—		—			—
Class D Units and Phantom Units forfeited		(155,781	)		—			—		—			—
Class E Units issuance costs		—			(64	)		—		(64	)		—
Share-based compensation expense		—			480			—		480			—
Net loss		—			(1,999	)		—		(1,999	)		—
Balance, at May 31, 2020		480,735,936		$	396,844		$	—	$	396,844		$	—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-44

DISCO TOPCO HOLDINGS (CAYMAN), L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
	2019			2020
Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(14,073	)	$	(8,453	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment		1,730			2,350
Amortization of intangible assets		13,246			13,008
Amortization of deferred financing fees		202			106
Share-based compensation expense		1,494			1,404
Loss on change in fair value of contingent earnout liability		(212	)		21
Payment of contingent earnout liability in excess of acquisition date fair value		(2,350	)		—
Bad debt expense		24			65
Deferred taxes		(23	)		(146	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		(8,182	)		(4,301	)
Unbilled revenue		(584	)		(1,182	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		822			96
Other assets		(2,453	)		(4,101	)
Accounts payable		(972	)		(304	)
Accrued liabilities		1,691			9,323
Deferred revenue		6,177			214
Deferred rent		882			—
Operating leases					199
Other long-term liabilities		322			(52	)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(2,259	)		8,247
Investing activities:
Acquisition of Outline Systems LLC		(9,814	)		—
Capitalized internal-use software		(2,175	)		(2,440	)
Purchase of property and equipment		(1,797	)		(3,164	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(13,786	)		(5,604	)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class E Units, net of issuance costs		—			212,888
Proceeds from revolving credit facility		12,000			5,000
Payment on revolving credit facility		—			(9,000	)
Payment of contingent earnout liability		—			(3,555	)
Payment on redemption of Class A Units		—			(118,800	)
Payment on redemption of Class B Units		—			(79,200	)
Payment of deferred offering costs		—			(2,552	)
Payment of deferred financing costs		—			(228	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		12,000			4,553
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(4,045	)		7,196
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – beginning of period		13,879			11,999
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – end of period	$	9,834		$	19,195
Supplemental disclosure of other cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes		787			1,566
Cash paid for interest		527			269
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fair value of contingent consideration		8,600			6,981
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities		927			5

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-45

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(1) Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Consolidation and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

The Company is a provider of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) core systems to the property and casualty (P&C) insurance industry, through Duck Creek OnDemand. Products offered include Duck Creek Policy, Duck Creek Billing, Duck Creek Claims, Duck Creek Rating, Duck Creek Insights, Duck Creek Distribution Management, Duck Creek Reinsurance Management, Duck Creek Anywhere Managed Integrations, and Duck Creek Industry Content. The Company also provides its products via perpetual and term license arrangements to customers with legacy systems that have yet to upgrade to SaaS.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and pursuant to the rules and regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, certain information and note disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented have been reflected. The Company has no items of other comprehensive income or loss; therefore, the Company’s net loss is identical to its comprehensive loss.

These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period or the entire fiscal year.

Risk and Uncertainties

The global pandemic resulting from the novel strain of coronavirus known as COVID-19, and certain intensified preventative or protective public health measures undertaken by governments, businesses and individuals to contain the spread of COVID-19, have, and continue to, result in global business disruptions that adversely affect workforces, organizations, economies, and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. While the Company did not experience a material disruption in bookings or sales from the COVID-19 pandemic in the nine months ended May 31, 2020, a continued or intensifying outbreak over the short- or medium-term could result in delays in services delivery, delays in implementations, delays in critical development and commercialization activities, including delays in the introduction of new products and services and further international expansion, interruptions in sales and marketing activity, furloughs of employees and disruptions of supply chains. Additionally, the Company may incur increased costs in the future when employees return to work and the Company implements measures to ensure their safety. The magnitude of the effect of COVID-19 on the Company’s business will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions (including the effects of recently announced “re-opening” plans following a recent slowdown of the virus infection rate in certain countries and localities) and other limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course. The longer the pandemic continues or resurges, the more severe the impacts of COVID-19 will be on the Company’s business. The extent, length and consequences of the pandemic are uncertain and impossible to predict, but could be material. COVID-19 and other similar outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of

F-46

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

operations, cash flows and prospects and could cause significant volatility in the trading prices of the Company’s common stock as a result of any of the risks described above and other risks that the Company is not able to predict.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Significant Accounting Policies

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the year ended August 31, 2019. There have been no material changes to the significant accounting policies during the nine-month period ended May 31, 2020 other than those noted below.

Leases

Effective September 1, 2019, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended (ASC 842). In accordance with ASC 842, at the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the unique facts and circumstances present and the classification of the lease. Most leases with a term greater than one year are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as operating lease assets, lease liabilities and, if applicable, long-term lease liabilities. The Company elected not to recognize on the balance sheet leases with terms of one year or less. For contracts with lease and non-lease components, the Company has elected not to allocate the contract consideration and to account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

Lease liabilities and their corresponding operating lease assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. The implicit rate within our operating leases are generally not determinable and therefore the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. The determination of our incremental borrowing rate requires judgment. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rate for each lease using its estimated borrowing rate, adjusted for various factors including level of collateralization, term and currency to align with the terms of the lease. The operating lease asset also includes any lease prepayments, offset by lease incentives. Certain of the Company’s leases include options to extend or terminate the lease. An option to extend the lease is considered in connection with determining the operating lease asset and lease liability when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. An option to terminate is considered unless it is reasonably certain that the option will not be exercised.

For periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company recorded rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease. The difference between the straight-line rent expense and the payments made in accordance with the operating lease agreements were recognized as a deferred rent liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Lease Accounting

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires companies to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by the leased asset. The standard

F-47

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this standard effective September 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach for all leases entered into before the effective date. The Company also elected to implement the new standard at the adoption date with a cumulative-effect adjustment, if any, recognized to the opening balance of accumulative deficit in the period of adoption.

For comparability purposes, the Company will continue to comply with the previous disclosure requirements in accordance with the existing lease guidance for all periods presented in the year of adoption. The Company elected the package of practical expedients as permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed us: (1) to carry forward the historical lease classification; (2) not to reassess whether expired or existing contracts are or contain leases; and, (3) not to reassess the treatment of initial direct costs for existing leases. In addition, the Company elected an accounting policy to not recognize leases with an initial term of one year or less on the balance sheet.

Upon the adoption of this standard on September 1, 2019, the Company recognized a total lease liability of $26,682, representing the present value of the minimum rental payments remaining as of the adoption date, a reduction of the deferred rent liability of $5,678 and operating lease assets in the amount of $21,004. The Company did not have any finance leases (formerly referred to as capital leases prior to the adoption of ASC 842), therefore there was no change in accounting treatment required.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13). The new standard requires companies to measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the new standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). This new guidance simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new standard, entities will perform goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract (ASU 2018-15). This new guidance requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the internal-use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to defer and recognize as an asset. ASU 2018-15 generally aligns the guidance on recognizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with that for implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software, including hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license. ASU 2018-15 is effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2018-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

F-48

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

Other recent accounting pronouncements that are or will be applicable to the Company did not, or are not expected to, have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues primarily from the following four sources, which represent performance obligations of the Company:

• Sales of hosted software services (SaaS) under subscription arrangements.

• Sales of software licenses. Software license revenue is derived from the sale of perpetual and term license arrangements to customers.

• Sales of maintenance and support services. Maintenance and support services include telephone and web-based support, software updates, and rights to unspecified software upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis during the maintenance term.

• Sales of professional services. Professional services primarily relate to the implementation of the Company’s SaaS offerings and software licenses.

In accordance with ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue from the identified performance obligations, as determined in its contracts with customers, as control is transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive. The Company applies the following five steps to achieve the core principle of ASC 606:

(1) Identify the contract with the customer

The Company considers the terms and conditions of the contracts and its customary business practices in identifying contracts under ASC 606. The Company has determined that a contract with a customer exists when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. The Company applies judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

(2) Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the products and services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from the Company, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products or services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

(3) Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that no significant future

F-49

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will occur. The sale of the Company’s software and SaaS products may include variable consideration relating to changes in a customer’s direct written premium (DWP) managed by these solutions. The Company estimates variable consideration based on historical DWP usage to the extent that a significant revenue reversal is not probable to occur.

In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined that contracts generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of the Company’s invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from customers or to provide customers with financing.

(4) Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (SSP).

(5) Recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the promised product or service to a customer. Revenue is recognized when control of the products or services are transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to receive in exchange for those products or services.

The Company records revenue net of applicable sales taxes collected. Sales taxes collected from customers are recorded as part of accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are remitted to state and local taxing jurisdictions based on the filing requirements of each jurisdiction.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company provides disaggregation of revenue based on product and service type on the consolidated statements of operations as it believes these categories best depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

The following table summarizes revenue by geographic area based on the location of the customers for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
	2019		2020
United States	$	117,071	$	145,571
All other		6,283		7,779
Total revenue	$	123,354	$	153,350

Subscription Arrangements

The transaction price allocated to subscription arrangements is recognized as revenue over time throughout the term of the contract as the services are provided on a continuous basis, beginning after the SaaS

F-50

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

environment is provisioned and made available to customers. The Company’s subscription arrangements generally have terms of three to seven years, and are generally payable on a monthly basis over the term of the subscription arrangement, which is typically noncancelable. Revenue is recognized ratably using contractual DWP as the measure of progress.

Software Licenses

The Company has concluded that its software licenses provide the customer with the right to functional intellectual property (IP), and are distinct performance obligations as the customer can benefit from the software licenses on their own. The transaction price allocated to perpetual and term license arrangements is recognized as revenue at a point in time when control is transferred to the customer, which generally occurs at the time of delivery. Perpetual software license fees are generally payable when the contract is executed. Term license fees are generally payable in advance on an annual basis over the term of the license arrangement, which is typically noncancelable. Perpetual and term license arrangements are delivered before related services are provided, including maintenance and support services, and are functional without such services.

Maintenance and Support Services

Maintenance and support contracts associated with the Company’s software licenses entitle customers to receive technical support and software updates, on a when and if available basis, during the term of the maintenance and support contract. Technical support and software updates are considered distinct from the related software licenses but accounted for as a single performance obligation as they each constitute a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. The transaction price allocated to software maintenance and support is recognized as revenue over time on a straight-line basis over the term of the maintenance and support contract. Maintenance and support fees are generally payable in advance on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over the term of the maintenance and support contract. Maintenance and support contracts are priced as a percentage of the associated software license.

Professional Services

The Company’s professional services revenue is primarily comprised of implementation services provided to customers. The majority of professional services engagements are billed to customers on a time and materials basis. The Company has determined that professional services provided to customers represent distinct performance obligations. These services may be provided on a stand-alone basis or bundled with other performance obligations, including subscription arrangements, software licenses, and maintenance and support services. The transaction price allocated to these performance obligations is recognized as revenue over time as the services are performed. In those limited instances where professional services arrangements are sold on a fixed price basis, revenue is recognized over time using an input measure of time incurred to date relative to total estimated time to be incurred at project completion. Invoices for all professional services arrangements are generally invoiced monthly in arrears.

The Company records reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses associated with professional services contracts in both revenue and cost of revenue.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers can include multiple performance obligations, where the transaction price is allocated to each identified performance obligation based on their relative SSP. The

F-51

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

Company’s contracts may also grant the customer an option to acquire additional products or services, which the Company assesses to determine whether or not any discount on the products or services is in excess of levels normally available to similar customers and, if so, accounts for the optional product or service as an additional performance obligation.

The Company typically determines SSP based on the observable prices of the promised goods or services charged when sold separately to customers, which are determined using contractually stated prices. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, the Company determines SSP based on its overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including customer size and geography. The various products and services comprising contracts with multiple performance obligations are typically capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. The Company allocates revenue to each of the performance obligations included in a contract with multiple performance obligations at the inception of the contract.

The SSP for perpetual or term license arrangements sold in contracts with multiple performance obligations is determined using the residual approach. The Company utilizes the residual approach because the selling prices for software licenses is highly variable and a SSP is not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence. Periodically, the Company evaluates whether the use of the residual approach remains appropriate for performance obligations associated with software licenses when sold as part of contracts with multiple performance obligations. As a result, if the SSP analysis illustrates that the selling prices for software licenses are no longer highly variable, the Company will utilize the relative allocation method for such arrangements.

Contract Modifications

The Company may enter into amendments to previously executed contracts which constitute a contract modification. The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price when the remaining products or services are not distinct is recognized to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis. Contract modifications are accounted for prospectively when it results in the promise to deliver additional products and services that are distinct and the increase in the price of the contract corresponds to the SSP of the additional products or services.

Contract Balances

Contract assets and liabilities are presented net at the contract level for each reporting period. Contract assets consist of unbilled revenue and represent amounts under contracts with customers where revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue and include billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue that will be realized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current, and the remaining balance is recorded as noncurrent.

For the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, $8,676 and $12,557, respectively, of the Company’s unbilled revenue balance that was included in the corresponding unbilled revenue balance at the beginning of the period presented became an unconditional right to payment and was billed to its customers.

For the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $10,296 and $20,712, respectively, that was included in the corresponding deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period presented.

F-52

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. As of May 31, 2020, approximately $433,203 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations in the amount of approximately $33,424 in fiscal 2020 and approximately $399,779 thereafter. The estimated revenues do not include unexercised contract renewals. The Company applied the practical expedient in accordance with ASC 606 to exclude amounts related to professional services contracts that are on a time and materials basis.

(2) Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market.

Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-level hierarchy, as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

• Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

• Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using the above input categories as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020:

	August 31, 2019
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Liabilities:
Contingent earnout liability		—		—		10,515		10,515
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	10,515	$	10,515

	May 31, 2020
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Liabilities:
Contingent earnout liability		—		—		6,981		6,981
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	6,981	$	6,981

The Company had no assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020.

F-53

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Company’s contingent earnout liability during the nine months ended May 31, 2020:

	Outline Systems, LLC			CedeRight Products			Total
Balance at August 31, 2019	$	9,440		$	1,075		$	10,515
Change in fair value, including accretion		339			(318	)		21
Payments to sellers		(2,798	)		(757	)		(3,555	)
Balance at May 31, 2020	$	6,981		$	—		$	6,981

(3) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2019		May 31, 2020
Prepaid software licenses	$	2,234	$	2,956
Tenant improvement allowance receivable		1,719		112
Other		1,819		2,750
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	5,772	$	5,818

(4) Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2019			May 31, 2020
Leasehold improvements	$	11,464		$	12,060
Internal-use software		4,412			6,851
Computer equipment		3,685			3,993
Furniture and fixtures		2,031			2,170
Office equipment		873			467
Purchased software		93			—
Total property and equipment		22,558			25,541
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(5,500	)		(6,025	)
Property and equipment, net	$	17,058		$	19,516

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $1,730 and $2,350 for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of May 31, 2020, some capitalized internal-use software projects relating to the Company’s SaaS products have been completed and are available for their intended use. The Company has determined the useful life of this software to be 3 years. Amortization expense related to internal-use software was $0 and $206 for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

F-54

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill is the result of its acquisitions of other businesses and represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The following table displays the changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill:

Balance at August 31, 2019	$	272,455
Reporting period activity		—
Balance at May 31, 2020	$	272,455

Intangible assets as of August 31, 2019, and May 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2019
	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Weighted average remaining life
Customer relationships	$	103,600	$	31,255	$	72,345		7.5 years
Acquired technology		32,235		14,040		18,195		4.0 years
Trademarks and tradenames		9,400		2,898		6,502		7.0 years
Domain name		100		30		70		7.0 years
Backlog		6,700		5,056		1,644		3.0 years
	$	152,035	$	53,279	$	98,756

	May 31, 2020
	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Weighted average remaining life
Customer relationships	$	103,600	$	38,695	$	64,635		6.7 years
Acquired technology		32,235		17,599		14,636		3.3 years
Trademarks and tradenames		9,400		3,603		5,797		6.3 years
Domain name		100		38		62		6.3 years
Backlog		6,700		5,876		824		2.3 years
	$	152,035	$	66,081	$	85,954

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $13,246 and $12,802 for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of May 31, 2020, the estimated future amortization of purchased intangible assets is as follows:

Fiscal year:
2020 (for the remaining three months)	$	4,267
2021		16,328
2022		15,793
2023		15,225
2024 and thereafter		34,341
Total	$	85,954

F-55

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(6) Other Assets

Other assets as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2019		May 31, 2020
Deferred contract costs	$	8,375	$	10,984
Deferred offering costs		1,034		3,209
Other noncurrent assets		2,180		4,029
Total other assets	$	11,589	$	18,222

The amortization related to deferred contracts costs was $603 and $1,023 for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. There was no impairment loss in relation to the costs capitalized in any period presented. Deferred offering costs consist of direct, incremental legal, accounting and other professional fees relating to the Company’s planned initial public offering. These costs will be offset against the proceeds received from an initial public offering, if and when such a transaction is consummated.

(7) Leases

The Company’s lease obligations consist of operating leases for domestic and international office facilities with lease periods expiring between fiscal years 2020 and 2028. Some leases include one or more options to renew. Lease renewals are not assumed in the determination of the lease term until the exercise of the renewals are deemed to be reasonably certain. For the nine months ended May 31, 2020, the Company incurred $3,439 of operating lease expense and $226 of short term lease expense resulting in total lease expense of $3,665.

Rent expense, which was recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the various leases, was $3,430 for the nine months ended May 31, 2019 based on the previous lease accounting standard.

Future operating lease payments as of May 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,
2020 (remaining of fiscal year)	$	1,206
2021		4,616
2022		3,870
2023		3,873
2024		3,872
Thereafter		11,991
Total future lease payments		29,428
Less imputed interest		(3,350	)
Total lease liability balance	$	26,078

F-56

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows (in thousands, except for lease term and discount rate):

	May 31, 2020
Operating lease assets	$	20,491
Current portion of lease liabilities	$	3,751
Non-current portion of lease liabilities		22,327
Total lease liabilities	$	26,078
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)		7.0
Weighted average discount rate		4.4	%

Supplemental cash and non-cash information related to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

	Nine Months Ended May 31, 2020
Cash payments for operating leases	$3,349
Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$1,164

Under the prior lease accounting standard, as of August 31, 2019, the future minimum payments under non-cancellable leases were as follows:

Fiscal year ended August 31:
2020	$	4,821
2021		4,549
2022		3,645
2023		3,619
Thereafter		15,575
Total future minimum payments	$	32,209

(8) Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

	August 31, 2019		May 31, 2020
Accrued bonuses	$	10,526	$	11,543
Accrued hosting fees		6,119		12,863
Accrued vacation		4,678		7,214
Accrued commissions		2,792		2,453
Accrued professional service fees		1,530		366
Other		5,358		5,507
Total accrued liabilities	$	31,003	$	39,946

F-57

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(9) Credit Facility

On October 2, 2019, the Company extended the maturity date of its credit agreement with a group of lenders for a revolving credit facility from October 4, 2019 to October 2, 2021. The $30,000 maximum borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was unchanged.

The revolving credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s tangible assets. Interest accrues on the revolving credit facility at a variable rate based upon the type of borrowing made by the Company. Borrowings can either incur interest at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin, or incur interest at the higher of: (i) the Prime Rate, (2) the Fed Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or (3) LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 2.0% to 3.0% depending on the interest rate basis and type of borrowing elected. In addition to interest on the revolving credit facility, the Company pays a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Repayment of any amounts borrowed are not required until maturity of the revolving credit facility, however the Company may repay any amounts borrowed at any time, without premium or penalty.

The Company is required to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants under the terms of the revolving credit facility. These covenants include limits on the creation of liens, limits on making certain investments, limits on incurring additional indebtedness, maintaining a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA, and maintaining a leverage ratio at or below a maximum level. The Company was in compliance with these financial and nonfinancial covenants as of May 31, 2020.

The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility at August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020 was $4,000 and $0, respectively. Letters of credit of $900 and $1,050 under the revolving credit facility were outstanding as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, respectively.

The Company incurred $228 of costs directly related to the extension, which were deferred and will be amortized over the term of the extension.

(10) Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is a party to or can be threatened with litigation in the ordinary course of business. The Company regularly analyzes current information, including, as applicable, the Company’s defenses and insurance coverage and, as necessary, provides accruals for probable and estimable liabilities for the eventual disposition of any matters. The Company was not a party to any material legal proceedings as of August 31, 2019 or May 31, 2020.

Guarantees

The Company’s products are typically warranted to perform in a manner consistent with general industry standards that are reasonably applicable and substantially in accordance with the Company’s product documentation under normal use and circumstances. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed in a professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in the related customer contract. The Company’s arrangements also include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if its products or services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.

F-58

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications or commitments and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

(11) Redeemable Partners’ Interest and Partners’ Capital

As of May 31, 2020, the following units of the partnership were authorized, issued and outstanding units of the partnership in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated Agreement of Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement (Partnership Agreement):

Description	Authorized		Issued and outstanding
Unit classes:
Class A		5,000,000,000		213,716,177
Class B		5,000,000,000		142,477,395
Class C		5,000,000,000		3,660,106
Class D		59,247,586		49,247,836
Class E		71,634,422		71,634,422

In November 2019 and February 2020, a series of amendments were made to the Partnership Agreement to authorize the issuance of up to an aggregate of 71,634,422 Class E Preferred Units and to allow for the redemption of any existing and outstanding units of the partnership, contingent upon the written consent of certain limited partners. The rights and preferences of Class E Preferred Units are materially consistent with the rights and preferences of Class A, Class B and Class C Units except for redemption rights which can be exercised by the holders of Class E Preferred Units upon (i) the occurrence of the Company not achieving certain liquidity events by the fourth anniversary of the original issuance of the Class E Preferred Units, and (ii) notice to the Company’s general partner.

In November 2019, the Company issued 41,412,296 Class E Preferred Units in exchange for cash consideration of $120,000 to certain accredited investors. Also in November 2019, the Company redeemed 20,292,029 Class A Units and 13,528,013 Class B Units in exchange for $98,000.

In February 2020, the Company issued 30,222,126 Class E Preferred Units in exchange for cash consideration of $100,000 to certain accredited investors. Also in February 2020, the Company redeemed 18,133,278 Class A Units and 12,088,848 Class B Units in exchange for $100,000.

F-59

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(12) Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows for the nine months ended ended May 31, 2019 and 2020:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
	2019		2020
Cost of subscription revenue	$	12	$	10
Cost of license revenue		—		—
Cost of maintenance and support revenue		7		3
Cost of services revenue		82		103
Research and development		266		284
Sales and marketing		317		257
General and administrative		810		747
Total share-based compensation expense	$	1,494	$	1,404

The following is a summary of the Company’s Class D Unit awards:

	Number of Class D Units			Weighted average grant date fair value
Nonvested, August 31, 2019		30,391,861		$	0.17
Granted		3,420,000			0.22
Vested		(4,225,364	)		0.17
Forfeited		(726,250	)		0.15
Nonvested, May 31, 2020		28,860,247		$	0.17

Unrecognized compensation cost of $1,806 related to Class D Units as of May 31, 2020 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

The following is a summary of the Company’s Phantom Unit awards:

	Number of Phantom Units			Weighted average grant date fair value
Nonvested, August 31, 2019		1,228,125		$	0.16
Granted		350,000			0.30
Vested		(157,500	)		0.17
Forfeited		(110,937	)		0.17
Nonvested, May 31, 2020		1,309,688		$	0.19

Unrecognized compensation cost related to the Phantom Units was $1,028 as of May 31, 2020.

(13) Segment Information and Information about Geographic Areas

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in

F-60

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by product and geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating segment.

Revenues by geographic area presented based upon the location of the customer are included in note 1.

Property and equipment, net by geographic area are as follows:

	August 31, 2019		May 31, 2020
United States	$	15,832	$	17,566
All other		1,226		1,950
Total property and equipment, net	$	17,058	$	19,516

(14) Employee Benefit Plans

Other Long-Term Obligations

The Company accrues for long-term termination obligations earned by employees of its subsidiary in India. The termination obligation would be payable to the employee in the event of termination without cause and is based upon the employee’s wage and years of service, and the applicable payment formula as dictated by statute. The liability is based on an actuarial estimate. The accrued obligation was $1,387 and $1,270 as of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(15) Related-Party Transactions

Services Provided on Behalf of and by Accenture

The Company provides certain professional services, software maintenance services and SaaS products to end customers as a subcontractor to Accenture as part of its typical revenue generating arrangements. Accenture were the sellers of Duck Creek, who also hold 100% of the outstanding Class B Units of the Company. During the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $1,998 and $1,587, respectively, relating to services performed in this subcontractor capacity. As of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding accounts receivables due from Accenture of $108 and $554, respectively, relating to these services. As of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, the Company had deferred revenue of $303 and $396, respectively, relating to these services.

In addition, the Company engages Accenture to provide certain professional services on behalf of the Company as part of its typical revenue generating arrangements. During the nine months ended May 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred expenditures of $1,212 and $282, respectively, relating to services performed by Accenture. As of August 31, 2019 and May 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding amounts payable to Accenture of $58 and $0 respectively, relating to these services.

Revenue Contracts with Investors

The Company recognizes revenues from customers that are also investors in the Company’s Class E Preferred Units. During the nine months ended May 31, 2020, the Company recognized aggregate revenues of $8,333 from these customers.

F-61

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

(16) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events or transactions through July 23, 2020 the date which the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Private Placement of Securities and Redemption of Partnership Units

On June 5, 2020, an amendment was made to the Partnership Agreement to authorize the issuance of an aggregate of 129,828,398 Class E Preferred Units, including 71,634,422 Class E Preferred Units previously issued and outstanding.

On June 5, 2020, the Company issued 50,603,459 Class E Preferred Units in exchange for cash consideration of $200,000 to certain accredited investors. On June 8, 2020, the Company issued 7,590,517 Class E Preferred Units in exchange for cash consideration of $30,000 to a certain accredited investor. On June 8, 2020, the Company redeemed 30,362,073 Class A Units and 20,241,374 Class B Units in exchange for $200,000.

(17) Pro forma Financial Information

The Company has not presented historical basic and diluted net loss per share because the historical capital structure makes the presentation of net loss per share not meaningful, as the Company does not have any shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2020.

Unaudited pro forma financial information has been presented to disclose the pro forma net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc., the registrant in the accompanying Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register shares of common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the effects of the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and the Reorg Merger on the allocation of pro forma net loss between noncontrolling interests and Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. After the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by the Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, the noncontrolling interests of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. held by the continuing owners of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. will have a 1.6% economic ownership of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. Accordingly, 1.6% of pro forma net loss will be attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding includes the common stock of Duck Creek Technologies, Inc. that will be outstanding after the contribution of equity interests in Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. to the Company by Existing Holders (other than Apax and RBW) and giving effect to the Reorg Merger, but prior to the completion of the offering, as if the Reorganization Transactions (including the Reorg Merger) occurred on September 1, 2018. In addition, unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding includes the shares issued in the offering, which proceeds would be necessary for the payment of: (i) $64.7 million to Apax to repurchase a portion of the shares of common stock received by Apax in the Reorg Merger (of which Larry Wilson, a director of the Company, is expected to receive approximately $0.9 million), (ii) $43.1 million to Accenture and RBW to redeem all of the outstanding LP Units of Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P. held by them immediately following the Reorganization Transactions and Reorg Merger, and (iii) $6.3 million to certain international employees to cash settle outstanding equity awards, as if such payments occurred on September 1, 2018.

F-62

Disco Topco Holdings (Cayman), L.P.

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands except unit and per unit amounts)

(Unaudited)

The supplemental unaudited pro forma information has been computed, based upon the initial public offering price of $27.00 per share. The computations assume there will be no exercise by the underwriters on their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

	Nine Months Ended May 31, 2020
Pro forma net loss attributable to Duck Creek Technologies, Inc., basic and diluted	$	(8,322	)
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding during the period prior to the offering		109,712,987
Shares issued in the offering necessary to pay member redemptions, repurchases and settlements		4,380,684
Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding		114,093,671
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted	$	(0.07	)

F-63

Through and including September 7, 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

15,000,000 Shares

Duck Creek Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

(Lead bookrunners listed in alphabetical order)

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC J.P. Morgan

BofA Securities

Barclays

RBC Capital Markets

JMP Securities

Needham & Company

Stifel

William Blair

D.A. Davidson & Co.

Raymond James

Loop Capital Markets

August 13, 2020